FOREWORD
The Iranian Petroleum Standards (IPS) reflect the
views of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum and
are intended for use in the oil and gas production
facilities, oil refineries, chemical and
petrochemical plants, gas handling and processing
installations and other such facilities.
IPS is based on internationally acceptable
standards and includes selections from the items
stipulated in the referenced standards. They are
also supplemented by additional requirements
and/or modifications based on the experience
acquired by the Iranian Petroleum Industry and
the local market availability. The options which
are not specified in the text of the standards are
itemized in data sheet/s, so that, the user can
select his appropriate preferences therein.
The IPS standards are therefore expected to be
sufficiently flexible so that the users can adapt
these standards to their requirements. However,
they may not cover every requirement of each
project. For such cases, an addendum to IPS
Standard shall be prepared by the user which
elaborates the particular requirements of the user.
This addendum together with the relevant IPS
shall form the job specification for the specific
project or work.
The IPS is reviewed and up-dated approximately
every five years. Each standards are subject to
amendment or withdrawal, if required, thus the
latest edition of IPS shall be applicable
The users of IPS are therefore requested to send
their views and comments, including any
addendum prepared for particular cases to the
following address. These comments and
recommendations will be reviewed by the relevant
technical committee and in case of approval will
be incorporated in the next revision of the
standard.
Standards and Research department
No.19, Street14, North kheradmand
Karimkhan Avenue, Tehran, Iran .
Postal Code- 1585886851
Tel: 88810459-60 & 66153055
Fax: 88810462
Email: Standards@nioc.org
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﺎر‬
‫ ( ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻳﺪﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي‬IPS ) ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
‫وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ و ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻔﺖ‬
،‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﺋﻲ و ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ‬،‫ ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬،‫و ﮔﺎز‬
‫ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت اﻧﺘﻘﺎل و ﻓﺮاورش ﮔﺎز و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﺑﻴﻦ‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
‫اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺰﻳﺪهﻫﺎﺋﻲ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎت ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﻧﻔﺖ‬.‫در ﻫﺮﻣﻮرد ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
،‫ﻛﺸﻮر و ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻻ از ﺑﺎزار داﺧﻠﻲ و ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻴﺎز‬
‫ﻣﻮاردي ﺑﻄﻮر ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ و ﻳﺎ اﺻﻼﺣﻲ در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻟﺤﺎظ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاردي از ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ‬.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫آورده ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ در داده ﺑﺮگﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان آورده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ ﺷﺪه‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﺧﻮد را ﺑﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﻴﺎزﻣﻨﺪيﻫﺎي ﭘﺮوژه ﻫﺎ را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﺧﺎص‬.‫ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪ‬.‫آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ آن ﭘﺮوژه و ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎر‬،‫ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬
.‫ﺧﺎص را ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ داد‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎل ﻳﻜﺒﺎر ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻗﺮار‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬.‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و روزآﻣﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردي ﺣﺬف و ﻳﺎ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﺑﻪ آن اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﻫﻤﻮاره آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎ و‬،‫از ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات اﺻﻼﺣﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮارد‬
‫ ﻧﻈﺮات و‬.‫ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ زﻳﺮ ارﺳﺎل ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺧﺎص ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات درﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ در ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و در‬
‫ﺻﻮرت ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ در ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﻌﺪي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ‬
.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ‬،‫ ﺧﺮدﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎن ﻛﺮﻳﻤﺨﺎن زﻧﺪ‬،‫ ﺗﻬﺮان‬،‫اﻳﺮان‬
19 ‫ ﺷﻤﺎره‬،‫ﭼﻬﺎردﻫﻢ‬
‫اداره ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎت و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ‬
1585886851 : ‫ﻛﺪﭘﺴﺘﻲ‬
66153055 ‫ و‬88810459 - 60 : ‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬
021-88810462 : ‫دور ﻧﮕﺎر‬
Standards@nioc.org :‫ﭘﺴﺖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
GENERAL DEFINITIONS: : ‫ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
Throughout this Standard the following .‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ رود‬
definitions shall apply.

COMPANY : : ‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬
Refers to one of the related and/or affiliated ‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺎي اﺻﻠﻲ و واﺑﺴﺘﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ‬
companies of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum ‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ‬،‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﮔﺎز اﻳﺮان‬،‫ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
such as National Iranian Oil Company, National
.‫ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ و ﻏﻴﺮه اﻃﻼق ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
Iranian Gas Company, and National
Petrochemical Company etc.

CONTRACTOR:
Refers to the persons, firm or company whose
tender has been accepted by the company.
EXECUTOR :
Executor is the party which carries out all or part of
construction and/or commissioning for the project.
INSPECTOR :
The Inspector referred to in this Standard is a
person/persons or a body appointed in writing by
the company for the inspection of fabrication and
installation work
:‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬
‫ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ وﻳﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدش‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺼﻪ وﻳﺎ ﻣﺰاﻳﺪه ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه وﺑﺎ او ﻗﺮارداد ﻣﻨﻌﻘﺪ‬
‫ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
:‫ﻣﺠﺮي‬
‫ﻣﺠﺮي ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ اﻃﻼق ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از‬
.‫ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ و ﻳﺎ راه اﻧﺪازي ﭘﺮوژه را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬
:‫ﺑﺎزرس‬
‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎزرس ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮد ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ اﻃﻼق ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺒﺎً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
.‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

SHALL: :‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
Is used where a provision is mandatory. .‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺟﺒﺎري اﺳﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
SHOULD: :‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬
Is used where a provision is advisory only. .‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮورت اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬

WILL: :‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ‬
Is normally used in connection with the action by ‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم ﻛﺎر ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
the "Company" rather than by a contractor, .‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ داده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
supplier or vendor.

MAY: : ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬

Is used where a provision is completely . ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺧﺘﻴﺎري ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
discretionary.
 IPS-C-PM-216 (2)

CONSTRUCTION STANDARD

FOR

MACHINERY INSTALLATION

AND

INSTALLATION DESIGN

SECOND REVISION
JULY 2009

‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ‬

‫ﺑﺮاي‬

‫ﻧﺼﺐ و ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦآﻻت‬

‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ دوم‬
1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬

This Standard is the property of Iranian Ministry of ‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺣﻘﻮق آن ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ‬.‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‬
Petroleum. All rights are reserved to the owner. Neither ‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ‬،‫ﻣﺎﻟﻚ آن ﺑﻮده و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
whole nor any part of this document maybe disclosed to any
،‫ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‬،‫ ذﺧﻴﺮه ﺳﺎزي‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ازﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﻜﺜﻴﺮ‬،‫از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
third party, reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or
transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior .‫ﻳﺎ روش دﻳﮕﺮي در اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻓﺮاد ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
written consent of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum.
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬ IPS-C-PM-216 (2)

Page :‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬

CONTENTS:
No
0. INTRODUCTION ............................................. 2
2 ........................................................ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‬-0
CHAPTER 1: GENERAL..................................... 4
6................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬:1 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
CHAPTER 2: RIGGING AND LIFTING ........... 12
12 ......................................... ‫ ﺑﺎرﺑﻨﺪي وﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮي‬: 2 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
CHAPTER 3: JOBSITE RECEIVING AND
PROTECTION ............................. 14
14 .................. ‫ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﮔﻴﺮي در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ و ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ‬: 3 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
CHAPTER 4: FOUNDATIONS ........................... 18
18 .............................................. .‫ ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎ‬:4 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
CHAPTER 5: MOUNTING PLATE
GROUTING .................................. 26
26................................ ‫ ﮔﺮوت رﻳﺰي ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬: 5 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
CHAPTER 6: PIPINIG ......................................... 29
29.................................................. ‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬: 6 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
CHAPTER 7: SHAFT ALIGNMENT ................. 34
34 ................................... ‫ ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﺤﻮر‬: 7 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
CHAPTER 8: LUBRICATION SYSTEMS ........ 37
37.................................... ‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي رواﻧﻜﺎري‬: 8 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
CHAPTER 9: COMMISSIONING ...................... 40
40 .................................................. ‫ راه اﻧﺪازي‬: 9 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

1
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
0. INTRODUCTION
This IPS Standard specifies the minimum
requirements for the installation of rotating
equipment in Iranian oil, gas and petrochemical
industries .This standard is base on API RP 686
first edition, April 1996 and shall be read in
conjunction with that document, and in those
cases where it is more stringent, to replace
Manufacturer’s recommendations, unless
otherwise agreed by the Company.
These requirements shall form the basis for the
checklists to be prepared and used by the
Contractor and the Company to ensure proper
installation of process machineries. Although
primarily intended for new construction projects,
this Standard may also be useful to maintenance
departments responsible for installation of process
machineries.
For civil, instrumentation and electrical
requirements on installation of process machineries
the appropriate documents shall be consulted.
Guidance For Use Of This Standard
The amendments/supplement to API RP 686 first
edition, April 1996 given in this Standard are
directly related to the equivalent sections or
clauses in API RP 686. For clarity, the section and
paragraph numbering of API RP 686 has been
used as far as possible. Where clauses in API are
referenced within this Standard, it shall mean
those clauses are amended by this Standard.
Clauses in API that are not amended by this
Standard shall remain valid as written.
The following annotations, as specified hereunder,
have been used at the bottom right hand side of
each clause or paragraph to indicate the type of
change made to the equivalent clause or paragraph
of API.
SUB (Substitution): The clause in API shall be
deleted and replaced by the new clause in this
Standard.
DEL (Deletion): The clause in API shall be
deleted without any replacement.
ADD (Addition): The new clause with the new
number shall be added to the relevant section of
API.
MOD (Modification): Part of the clause or
paragraph in API shall be modified and / or the
new description
2
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‬-0
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت را ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار‬IPS ‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﮔﺎز و ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ و ﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬، ‫در ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﻔﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ آورﻳﻞ‬API RP 686 ‫ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻼدي ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻬﻤﺮاه آن ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار‬1996
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ اﻋﻼم رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ و اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ذﻛﺮ‬.‫ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه از اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت آورده ﺷﺪه در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺣﺎﺿﺮ‬
.‫ﺳﺨﺘﮕﻴﺮاﻧﻪﺗﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان آﻧﺮا ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫اﻳﻦ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﭼﻚ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ اﻋﻤﺎل ﮔﺮدد و ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر و ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد ﺗﺎ از ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﭼﻪ ﻫﺪف‬.‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻧﺨﺴﺖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫اﻣﺎ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ در دﭘﺎرﺗﻤﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ‬
. ‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ واﻗﻊ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ و اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬،‫در زﻣﻴﻨﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎزه و ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن‬
‫اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي دﺧﻴﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﺪارك ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮارﮔﻴﺮد‬،‫ﺑﻮد‬
‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﻤﻤﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ اﻓﺰوده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ دﻗﻴﻘﺎً ﺑﻪ ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎ‬1996 ‫ آورﻳﻞ‬API RP 686
‫ﻳﺎ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي آﻣﺪه در آن اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ارﺗﺒﺎط ﭘﻴﺪا ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ و ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮر وﺿﻮح و ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﻓﺼﻠﻬﺎ و ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاﻓﻬﺎ ﺗﺎ‬
.‫ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺬﻛﻮر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ آﻣﺪه و در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد در آﻧﻬﺎ اﺻﻼﺣﻲ‬API ‫ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ در‬
.‫ﺻﻮرت ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻴﻨﺎً ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﺣﺮوف اﺧﺘﺼﺎري ذﻳﻞ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ آن ﻧﻴﺰ آﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺳﺮ ﻓﺼﻞ ﻫﺮ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻮع ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮاﺗﻲ‬
‫ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬API ‫ﻛﻪ در ﺑﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف ﻣﻌﺎدل آن در‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺬف ﺷﺪه و‬API ‫ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ در‬: SUB ( ‫)ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ‬
. ‫ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ آﻣﺪه در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺪون ﻫﻴﭻ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ‬API‫ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ در‬: DEL ( ‫)ﺣﺬف‬
. ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺬف ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬: ADD (‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
. ‫ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد‬API ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮط در‬
API ‫ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﺑﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎراﮔﺮاف در‬: MOD ( ‫)اﺻﻼح‬
. ‫ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ آورده ﺷﻮد‬/ ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺻﻼح و‬
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬ IPS-C-PM-216 (2)

CONTENTS: Page :‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬

No
CHAPTER 1- GENERAL ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬: 1 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

1.1 SCOPE ….. .................................................4

4 ............................. ……………‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-1
1.3 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS ........4
4 ............................... …………‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮ‬3-1
1.4 DEFINITION ..............................................4
4 ....................................... …………‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ‬4-1
2. REFERENCES ...................................................6
6 .......................................... …………….‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2
3. UNITS…………..................................................6
8 ........................................ ……………‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-3
4. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ........................8
8 ...................................... ………‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬-4
4.1 QUALITY PLAN………. ...........................8
8 ..................................…………‫ ﻃﺮح ﻛﻴﻔﻲ‬1-4
4.2 CONSTRUCTION TOOLS /
SPECIAL TOOLS ......................................8
8 ............................... ‫ اﺑﺰار وﻳﮋه‬/ ‫ اﺑﺰار ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬2-4
4.3 INSTALLATION and Operating
MANUALS..................................................9
9 ..................... ‫ راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻫﺎي ﻧﺼﺐ و ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري‬3-4
4.4 SPARE PARTS……....................................9
9 .................................. ………‫ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻳﺪﻛﻲ‬4-4
4.5 COMMUNICATION ..................................10
10 .................................................. ‫ ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎت‬5-4

3
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬ IPS-C-PM-216 (2)

CHAPTER 1: GENERAL (SUB) (‫)ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ‬ ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬: 1 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

1.1 SCOPE ‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-1
1.1.1 Purpose ‫ ﻫﺪف‬1-1-1
This Standard contains the minimum requirements ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
for the mechanical installation of process .‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي اﺳﺖ‬
machineries.

It is intended to be used in oil refineries, chemical
plants, gas plants, and where applicable, in
exploration and production and new ventures.
The contractor shall inform the Company on any
deviations from the requirements of this Standard
necessary to comply with the above. MOD
Note 1:
This bilingual standard IPS-C-PM-216(1) is a new
edition of the construction standard for machinery
instillation and installation design, supersedes
IPS-C-PM-215(1) march 2005. ADD
Note 2:
In case of conflict between Farsi and English
languages, English languages shall govern. ADD
1.3 CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS
In case of conflict between documents relating to
the inquiry or order, the following priority of
document shall apply.
- First priority : Purchase order and variations
thereto
- Second priority: Data sheets and drawings
-Third priority: This Standard MOD
،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
،‫ ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﮔﺎز و در ﻣﻮارد ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮا‬،‫ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬
.‫ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ و ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬،‫در اﻛﺘﺸﺎف‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺻﻮرت ﺑﺮوز ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮت ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﻳﻦ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺷﺮﻛﺖ را ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺳﺎزد ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮارد ﻓﻮق ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬ .‫ﺷﻮد‬
:1 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‬IPS-C-PM-216(1) ‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد دو زﺑﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺼﺐ و ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت‬
‫ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪي اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﺴﻮخ ﺷﺪه‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ ‫ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-C-PM-215(1) march 2005
:2 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫ ﻣﺘﻦ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬،‫در ﺻﻮرت اﺧﺘﻼف ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎرﺳﻲ و اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻼك ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮت در اﺳﻨﺎد‬3-1
‫در ﻣﻮاردﻳﻜﻪ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮﺗﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺪارك ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﻌﻼم ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻔﺎرش رخ دﻫﺪ ﻣﺪارك ذﻳﻞ ﺑﺎ اوﻟﻮﻳﺖ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬
. ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات آن‬: ‫
اوﻟﻮﻳﺖ ﻧﺨﺴﺖ‬
‫ داده ﺑﺮگ ﻫﺎ و ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ‬: ‫
اوﻟﻮﻳﺖ دوم‬
.‫ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت آﻣﺪه در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬: ‫
اوﻟﻮﻳﺖ ﺳﻮم‬
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬

1.4 DEFINITION ‫ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ‬4-1

1.4.14 Engineering Designer ‫ ﻃﺮاح ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬14-4-1

The engineering designer carries the responsibility
to obtain the required data, and to apply the data
and information effectively so the installation
meets its requirements. MOD
‫ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﻛﺴﺐ داده ﻫﺎي ﻻزم و اﻋﻤﺎل‬،‫ﻃﺮاح ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
‫دادهﻫﺎ و اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر اﻧﻄﺒﺎق ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎ‬
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬ .‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت را ﺑﻌﻬﺪه ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داﺷﺖ‬

1.4.16 Equipment User ‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬16-4-1

Equipment user shall mean ‘Company’. MOD (‫)اﺻﻼح‬ .‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ اﻃﻼق ﺷﻮد‬

4
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
1.4.17 Equipment Installer
The equipment installer must carry out the intent
of the design and apply experience to achieve in
the installation process the integrity inherent in the
design. The equipment installer should understand
the intent and significance of all design features
and specifications. The installer must manage
details such as the aggregate used in the concrete,
control of the mix from batch plant to pour, any
special requirements of high and early strength
concrete, the curing process of concrete and
grouts, surface coatings, expansion joints,
templates for bolt positioning, leveling of the
soleplates, alignment of the equipment,
appropriate tightening and loosening sequences
for frame tie-bolts, and for anchor bolts.
MOD
1.4.24 Grout*
*Note: The subject of grouts have received
detailed attention by the ACI in their Report ACI
351.1R-93 entitled “Grouting for Support of
Equipment and Machines,” and the reader should
take advantage of this and other relevant
references. MOD
1.4.44 Pulsation Analysis:
Requirements of API standard 618 shall be used
for pulsation analysis. MOD
5
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻨﺪة ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬17-4-1
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻨﺪة ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺮاﺣـﻲ اﻧﺠـﺎم ﺷـﺪه را ﺑـﻪ ﻃـﻮر‬
‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻪ اﺟﺮا ﮔﺬاﺷـﺘﻪ و ﺑـﺎ اﺳـﺘﻔﺎده از ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴـﺎﺗﺶ در ﻓﺮآﻳﻨـﺪ‬
‫ ﻟـﺬا ﻧﺼـﺐ ﻛﻨﻨــﺪة‬.‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷـﺪه دﺳـﺖ ﻳﺎﺑـﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴـﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺪف و اﻫﻤﻴﺖ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت آورده ﺷـﺪه در‬
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت از ﺟﻤﻠﻪ اﺟﺰاء‬.‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ را درﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﺨﻠﻮط ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه از ﻣﺤـﻞ ﺗﻬﻴـﻪ ﺗـﺎ‬،‫ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ در ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺧﺎص در ﺑﺘﻨﻬﺎي ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﺳـﺮﻳﻊ و‬، ‫رﻳﺨﺘﻦ‬
‫ اﺗﺼـﺎﻻت‬، ‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬، ‫ ﻋﻤﻞ آوري ﺑﺘﻦ و ﮔﺮوت‬، ‫زﻳﺎد‬
‫ ﺗـﺮاز ﻧﻤـﻮدن ﺻـﻔﺤﻪ‬، ‫ ﻗﺎﻟﺒﻬﺎي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ﭘﻴﭽﻬـﺎ‬،‫اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ‬
‫ ﺗﻮاﻟﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺳـﻔﺖ و آزاد ﻛـﺮدن‬، ‫ ﺗﺮاز ﻛﺮدن ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬،‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
.‫ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه و ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
*‫ ﮔﺮوت‬24-4-1
‫ در ﮔــــﺰارش ﺷــــﻤﺎره‬ACI ‫ ﻣﻮﺳــــﺴﻪ‬:‫* ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫ ﺧﻮد در ارﺗﺒﺎط ﺑﺎ ﺑﺤﺚ ﮔﺮوت ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت‬ACI 351.IR-93
‫ﻓﺮاواﻧﻲ را ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮار داده اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻋﻨﻮان " ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬
‫ﮔﺮوت ﻛﺮدن در ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت " ﭼﺎپ ﺷﺪه‬
‫اﺳﺖ و ﺧﻮاﻧﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ آن ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﻮده و از آن و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ‬
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬ .‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﻬﺮه ﺟﻮﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﺎن‬44-4-1
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ ﺿﺮﺑﺎن ﻣﻮرد‬API 618 ‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬ .‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
2. REFERENCES
Throughout this Standard the following dated and
undated standards/codes are referred to. These
referenced documents shall, to the extent specified
herein, form a part of this standard. For dated
references, the edition cited applies. The
applicability of changes in dated references that
occur after the cited date shall be mutually agreed
upon by the Company and the Vendor. For
undated references, the latest edition of the
referenced documents (including any supplements
and amendments) applies. ADD
API (AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE)
RP 686 1996 "Recommended Practice for
Machinery Installation and
Installation Design"
ASTM (AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR
TESTING AND MATERIALS)
A-193 "Standard Specification for Alloy-
Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting
Materials for High Temperature or
High Pressure Service and Other
Special Purpose Applications"
A-194 "Standard Specification for Carbon
and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for
High Pressure or High Temperature
Service, or Both"
BSI (BRITISH STANDARDS INSTITUTION)
BS 812 “Testing aggregates"
BS 4408 "Recommendation for Non
Distractive Method of Test for
Concrete Electromagnetic Cover
Majoring Devices"
BS 4082 "External Dimension for Vertical
IN-Line Centrifugal Pump Part2: U
Type Part 1:I TYPE"
BS 8110-1 "Structural Use of Concreted Part 1:
Code of Practice for Design and
Construction"
CEB-FIB Model Code 1990
6
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬-2
‫در ﺧﻼل اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ و ﻛﺪﻫﺎي ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ دار و‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺪارك ﻣﺮﺟﻊ‬.‫ﺑﻲ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ذﻳﻞ رﺟﻮع داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ در ﻣﻮرد‬.‫ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازة ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ در ﻣﻮاردي‬.‫ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه اﻋﻤﺎل ﮔﺮدد‬،‫ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ دار‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ از ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮاﺗﻲ در آﻧﻬﺎ اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺻﻮرت ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ و ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ از آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ )ﺑﻬﻤﺮاه ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﻳﺎ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﻣﺘﻤﻢ( اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
(‫ )ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﻧﻔﺖ اﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬API
‫ "روﻳﻪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه در ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت‬RP 686 1996
"‫و ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
(‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ آزﻣﻮن و ﻣﻮاد اﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬ASTM
‫"ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻓﻮﻻد آﻟﻴﺎژي و ﻓﻮﻻد‬ A-193
‫زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن ﻣﻮرد ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد در ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﭘﻴﭻ در‬
‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮارﺗﻬﺎ و ﻓﺸﺎرﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ و‬
"‫دﻳﮕﺮ ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي وﻳﮋه‬
‫"ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ و آﻟﻴﺎژي‬ A-194
‫ﻣﻮرد ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد در ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﻬﺮه ﻫﺎي ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ در‬
‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻬﺎ و ﻓﺸﺎرﻫﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ و ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ‬
"
‫دو‬
(‫ )ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻳﺘﺎﻧﻴﺎ‬BSI
"‫"آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ داﻧﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻦ ﻫﺎ‬ BS 812
‫"ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد روش آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﺮب ﺑﺮاي‬ BS 4408
‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ادوات اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬
" ‫اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ‬
‫ "اﺑﻌﺎد ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺎ‬BS 4082
‫ ﺷﻜﻞ‬U ‫ ﻧﻮع‬: 2 ‫ ﺑﺨﺶ‬،‫ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ‬
‫ ﺷﻜﻞ‬I ‫ ﻧﻮع‬: 1 ‫ﺑﺨﺶ‬
‫ روﻳﻪ‬: (1) ‫ "ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎري ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬BS 8110-1
" ‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
1990 ‫ آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺪل‬CEB-FIB
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬ IPS-C-PM-216 (2)

IPS (IRANIAN PETROLEUM STANDARDS) (‫ )اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬IPS

IPS-E-GN-100 (0) "Engineering Standard for ‫ﺑﺮاي‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬ ‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬IPS-E-GN-100(0)

Units"
IPS-G-GN-210 (0) "General Standard for
Packing and Packages"
IPS-M-GN-140 (1) "Material and Equipment
Standard for Bearings"
IPS-M-GN-340 (0) "Material and Equipment
Standard for Mobile
Cranes- Power Driven"
"‫واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬IPS-G-GN-210(0)
"‫ﺑﻨﺪي و ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬IPS-M-GN-140(1)
" ‫ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬IPS-M-GN-340(0)
"‫ﺟﺮﺛﻘﻴﻠﻬﺎي ﻣﺘﺤﺮك ﺑﺮﻗﻲ‬

IPS-M-GN-350 (1) "Material and Equipment ‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬IPS-M-GN-350(1)

Standard for Overhead and "‫ﺟﺮﺛﻘﻴﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﻘﻔﻲ و دروازه اي‬
Patrol Bridge (Gantry)
Cranes"

IPS-C-PI-410 (0) "Construction Standard for ‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري‬ IPS-C-PI-410(0)
Inside Pipe Chemical "‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ داﺧﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
Cleaning"

IPS-G-PI-230 (0) "Material Standard for ‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺮاي ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻫﺎ و‬ IPS-G-PI-230(0)
Strainers & Filters" "‫ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎ‬
IPS-G-PI-280 (1) "General Standard for Pipe ‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎه‬ IPS-G-PI-280(1)
Support" "‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
IPS-E-PM-385 (1) "Engineering Standard for ‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬IPS-E-PM-385(1)
Machinery Piping" "‫ﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت دوار‬

IPS-M-PM-105 (1) "Material and Equipment ‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬IPS-M-PM-105(1)

Standard for Centrifugal ‫ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺮاي‬
Pumps for Petroleum, "‫ ﮔﺎز و ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ‬،‫ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﻔﺖ‬
Petrochemical and Natural
Gas Industries"

IPS-M-PM-115 (0) "Material and Equipment ‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬ IPS-M-PM-115
Standard for Centrifugal ‫ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ در‬
Pumps for General
Services" "‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬

IPS-M-PM-125 (0) "Material and Equipment ‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬IPS-M-PM-125(0)

Standard for Centrifugal ‫ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ آب آﺗﺶ‬
Fire Water Pumps" "‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ‬
IPS-M-PM-130 (1) "Material and Equipment ‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬IPS-M-PM-130(1)
Standard for Positive ‫ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ رﻓﺖ و‬
Displacement Pumps –
Reciprocating" "‫ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ‬
IPS-M-PM-140 (1) "Material and Equipment ‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬IPS-M-PM-140(1)
Standard for Positive
"‫ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ دوار‬
Displacement Pumps –
Rotary"

7
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
IPS-M-PM-170 (1) "Material and Equipment
Standard for Axial and
Centrifugal Compressors
and Expander-
Compressors for
Petroleum, Chemical and
Gas Industry Services"
IPS-M-PM-200 (1) "Material and Equipment
Standard for Reciprocating
Compressors For Process
Services"
IPS-M-PM-220 (1) "Material and Equipment
Standard for Positive
Displacement Compressors
–Rotary"
IPS-M-PM-240 (1) "Material and Equipment
Standard for General
Purpose Steam Turbines"
IPS-M-PM-260 (1) "Material and Equipment
Standard for Gas Turbines"
IPS-M-PM-320 (1) "Material and Equipment
Standard for Lubrication,
Shaft Sealing and Control
Oil Systems and
Auxiliaries for Process
Services"
3. UNITS
The International System of Units (SI), dimension
and rating in accordance with IPS-E-GN-100 shall
be used, unless otherwise specified. ADD
4. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
4.1 Quality Plan
For new equipment, at an early stage of the project
the engineering designer shall propose for the
approval of the company a quality plan covering
all aspects of installation, and installation design
of rotating equipment. Each individual item of
equipment shall have its own checklist covering
all aspects of installation. Such a checklist shall
ultimately be signed by the company or its
representative and shall act as a key document in
the hand-over procedure. ADD
4.2 Construction Tools / Special Tools
It is the equipment installer’s responsibility to
8
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬IPS-M-PM-170(1)
‫ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﻮري و ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از‬
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ و ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎي اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ‬
،‫ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﻔﺖ‬
"‫ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ و ﮔﺎز‬
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬IPS-M-PM-200(1)
‫ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎي رﻓﺖ و ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ در‬
"‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬IPS-M-PM-220(1)
‫ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ‬
"‫دوار‬
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد وﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬IPS-M-PM-240(1)
‫ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر در ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي‬
" ‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬IPS-M-PM-260(1)
"‫ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﮔﺎزي‬
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮاد و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺮاي‬IPS-M-PM-320(1)
‫ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪي ﻣﺤﻮر و‬, ‫رواﻧﻜﺎري‬
‫ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي روﻏﻨﻲ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ در ﺳﺮوﻳﺴﻬﺎي‬
"‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬-3
(SI) ‫ ﺑﺮﻣﺒﻨﺎي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ در‬،‫ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-E-GN-100 ‫ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ دﻳﮕﺮي اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬-4
‫ ﻃﺮح ﻛﻴﻔﻲ‬1-4
‫ ﻃﺮاح ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬, ‫در ﻣﻮاردﻳﻜﻪ از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻧﻮ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻃﺮح ﻛﻴﻔﻲ را ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮده ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬, ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در اﺑﺘﺪاي ﭘﺮوژه‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎم اﺑﻌﺎد ﻧﺼﺐ و ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار ﺑﻮده و ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺠﺰاي آن ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﺗﺄﺋﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ارﺳﺎل ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﭼﻚ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻲ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺟﻮاﻧﺐ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﭼﻚ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﺎً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ و ﻳﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﺶ‬
‫ﺗﺄﺋﻴﺪ و اﻣﻀﺎ ﺷﺪه و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻳﻚ ﻣﺪرك ﻛﻠﻴﺪي‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫در ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ و ﺗﺤﻮل اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﺑﺰار وﻳﮋه‬/ ‫ اﺑﺰار ﻧﺼﺐ‬2-4
‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺣﺼﻮل اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻮدن اﺑﺰار ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه و‬
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
ensure that the correct tools are available and are
used for the proper installation of rotating
equipment (i.e. stainless steel shims, correct-size
spanners and keys, certified slings and chain
hoists, torque wrenches, metric alignment dial
gauges and calibrated engineering spirit levels,
vibration meters, analyzers, etc.). Generally,
adjustable spanners shall not be used on rotating
equipment. ADD
Abnormal wear and tear of parts of equipment
through the use of improper tools during
installation is not acceptable. At hand-over,
equipment shall be in ‘as-new’ condition.
For new equipment installation, at an early stage
during construction a check should be made on the
availability of special tools that shall be supplied
by the vendor.
These special tools shall be used by the
equipment installer when required, but the
equipment installer remains responsible for the
care of these tools and their hand-over to the
company in an “as-new” condition. ADD
4.3 Installation and Operating Manuals
The vendor’s installation and operating manuals
shall be available at site at least one month prior to
installation of the equipment. The instructions
contained therein shall be followed unless
superseded by more stringent requirements in this
standard.
Shop test and inspection records and records of all
“as built” clearances shall be collected and made
available at site when the installation commences.
The Contractor shall furnish lubricant
recommendations for all rotating equipment of the
project in the form of a lubrication manual, which
shall contain the required grade and quantity of
lubricant as well as the lubrication intervals for
each individual rotating equipment item. This
information shall be available six months prior to
commissioning. ADD
4.4 Spare Parts
The Contractor shall ensure that commissioning
spare parts are available during the construction
and commissioning period. Operating spare parts
shall be ordered to arrive at site prior to hand-over
of the equipment to the company. All spare rotors
9
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ در ﻧﺼﺐ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪه ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﺧﺎرﻫﺎ و آﭼﺎرﻫﺎ‬, ‫ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺮاز ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺿﺪ زﻧﮓ‬.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺳﺖ‬
‫ آﭼﺎرﻫﺎي‬،‫ ﺗﺴﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ و ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮﻫﺎي ﻣﻮرد ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ‬،‫ﺑﺎ اﻧﺪازه ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫( ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت‬... ‫ و اﺑﺰار اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺗﺮاز و‬,‫ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﮔﺸﺘﺎور ﺳﻨﺞ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻲ آﭼﺎرﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺶ و ﻓﺮﺳﻮدﮔﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎدي در ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار ﻛﻪ در‬
‫ﺣﻴﻦ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از اﺑﺰار ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ و در زﻣﺎن ﻧﺼﺐ رخ داده ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ در زﻣﺎن ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ و ﺗﺤﻮل ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬.‫ﻣﺮدود اﺳﺖ‬
.‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ در ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﺎر و در ﺣﻴﻦ ﻧﺼﺐ‬،‫در ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻧﻮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻴﺰان دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ اﺑﺰار ﺧﺎص ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺧﺮﻳﺪاري ﺷﻮد‬
‫اﻳﻦ اﺑﺰار ﺧﺎص در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ اﻣﺎ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري از‬.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫اﻳﻦ اﺑﺰار و ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ در ﺣﺪ ﻧﻮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪه ﻧﺼﺐ‬
(‫) اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ . ‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‬
‫ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﭽﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ و ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري‬3-4
‫راﻫﻨﻤﺎ و دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ و ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺎه ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎي ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد ﻣﮕﺮ در ﻣﻮاردﻳﻜﻪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺳﺨﺘﮕﻴﺮاﻧﻪ ﺗﺮي در‬
. ‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي آﻧﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ آزﻣﻮن و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺪارك ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻟﻘﻲﻫﺎي "ﭼﻮن ﺳﺎﺧﺖ" ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻤﻊ‬
‫آوري و در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺷﺪه و در ﺷﺮوع ﻧﺼﺐ در دﺳﺘﺮس‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ رواﻧﻜﺎرﻫﺎ را ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﺎم‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار ﭘﺮوژه ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت راﻫﻨﻤﺎي رواﻧﻜﺎري ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮده و‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در آن راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﻪ درﺟﻪ و ﻣﻴﺰان رواﻧﻜﺎر و ﻓﻮاﺻﻞ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ‬.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از رواﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﺟﺰء ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار اﺷﺎره ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺶ ﻣﺎه ﻗﺒﻞ از راه اﻧﺪازي در دﺳﺘﺮس ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻳﺪﻛﻲ‬4-4
‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از آﻣﺎده ﺑﻮدن ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻳﺪﻛﻲ راه اﻧﺪازي در ﺣﻴﻦ‬
‫ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻳﺪﻛﻲ‬. ‫دوره ﻧﺼﺐ و راه اﻧﺪازي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﺶ از ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم روﺗﻮرﻫﺎي ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬. ‫در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ آﻣﺎده ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
shall be properly supported, preserved and
supplied with clear instructions for long term
storage. ADD
4.5 Communication
All responsible parties must communicate
effectively; using common terms, with common
meanings, and should share an understanding of
the needed information and how it influences the
process of achieving a sound installation. A
rotating equipment, its mounts, and its foundation
act as a system with physical interfaces. Those
with responsibilities for it have organizational
interfaces.
There exists strong potential for
miscommunication, or for the assumption that
another party carries entirely what may be an
overlapping responsibility. Design features of the
foundation and mount may influence some of the
information expected from the vendor, and design
features of the equipment may limit options open
to the foundation designer. ADD
10
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ ﺑﻪ‬،‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞﻫﺎي ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري دراز ﻣﺪت‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﻃﺮز ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﻣﻮاﻇﺒﺖ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﺎت‬5-4
‫ﺗﻤﺎم ﻃﺮﻓﻬﺎي ﻣﺴﺌﻮل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ و ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻋﺒﺎرات‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮل ﺑﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻌﻤﻮل و راﻳﺞ ﺑﺎﻫﻢ در ارﺗﺒﺎط ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز واﻗﻒ ﺑﻮده و ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﻣﻮارد ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ ﭼﻮن‬.‫در روﻧﺪ ﺣﺼﻮل اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻮﻓﻖ ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ دوار ﺑﻬﻤﺮاه ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪهﻫﺎ و ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮﻧﺶ ﻫﻤﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ وﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮزﻫﺎي ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ‬،‫ﺻﻮرت ﻳﻚ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ‬
‫ از اﻳﻦ رو ﻃﺮﻓﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺘﻲ را در ﻗﺒﺎل ﻫﺮ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬،‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
. ‫دارﻧﺪ در ارﺗﺒﺎﻃﻲ ﺳﺎزﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮد‬
‫در اﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺎن اﺣﺘﻤﺎل ﺳﻮء ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﻣﻀﻤﻮن وﺟﻮد‬
‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داﺷﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻃﺮﻓﻲ در ﻣﻮاردﻳﻜﻪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎي ﻣﺸﺘﺮك‬
‫وﺟﻮد دارد ﻓﺮض ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻃﺮف ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ آن ﺑﺨﺶ را ﺑﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم‬
‫ وﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن و ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ رﺳﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ از اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه را ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫دﻫﺪ و وﻳﮋﮔﻴﻬﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ اﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫را ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاح ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﻣﺤﺪود ﺳﺎزد‬
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬ IPS-C-PM-216 (2)

CONTENTS: Page :‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬

No
CHAPTER 2: RIGGING AND LIFTING
‫ ﺑﺎرﺑﻨﺪي و ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮي‬: 2 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

1.1 SCOPE ......................................................... 12

12 ..................................................... ‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-1
1.2 PREPLANNING THE LIFT ........................ 12
12 .............................‫ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰي ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮي‬2-1
1.4 INSTALLATION CRITERIA ....................... 12
12 ......................... ‫ ﻣﻌﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮي‬4-1

11
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
CHAPTER 2: RIGGING AND LIFTING
1.1 SCOPE
1.1.1 This chapter provides general guidelines for
rigging and lifting of any rotating equipment, from
shipping trucks, railcars, and so forth, onto the
foundation or platform. Requirements of IPS-M-
GN-340 (0) and IPS-M-GN-350 (1) shall be met
as deemed applicable. MOD
1.2 PREPLANNING THE LIFT
1.2.2 The installer shall prepare a rigging and
lifting plan of action before installation phase of
the project that includes the following: MOD
1.3 LIFTING THE MACHINERY
1.3.6 All special lifting equipment and special
tools required for maintenance during installation
phase shall be listed and provided in a box by the
Vendor. If the equipment downtime is a critical
factor, it may be beneficial to specify that all tools
for maintenance shall be provided in a walk-in
type container. ADD
1.4 Criteria on Hoisting Facilities
1.4.1 The type of hoisting facilities employed (e.g.
mobile or permanent cranes) will influence the
time required and ease to carry out installation
activities.
Using an installed hoisting facility above rotating
equipment or overhead crane for those
machineries installed under roof may be
considered as a convenient solution for lifting. At
the design phase of the project and prior to
finalizing the plot plan, it is decided whether to
provide permanent roofing and accordingly the
type of hoisting facilities.
12
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ ﺑﺎرﮔﻴﺮي‬: 2 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-1
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺑﺎر ﮔﻴـﺮي ﻫـﺮ‬،‫ اﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ راﻫﻜﺎرﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-1-1
‫ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮدن و ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ آن از روي وﺳﺎﺋﻂ ﺣﻤـﻞ و‬، ‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ دوار‬
‫ در‬.‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺑﺎري ﺑﻪ روي ﺳﻜﻮ ﻳـﺎ ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳـﻴﻮن را اراﻳـﻪ ﻣـﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳـﺪ‬
‫ و‬IPS-M-GN-340(0) ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣـﺎت‬،‫ﺻﻮرت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑـﻮدن‬
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬ .‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-M-GN-350(1)
‫ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ رﻳﺰي ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎرﮔﻴﺮي‬2-1
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒـﻞ از ﻣﺮﺣﻠـﻪ ﻧﺼـﺐ ﭘـﺮوژه‬2-2-1
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺎر ﺑﻨﺪي و ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮي را ﻛﻪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮارد ذﻳـﻞ اﺳـﺖ ﺗﻬﻴـﻪ‬
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬ :‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت‬3-1
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات وﻳﮋه ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮي و اﺑﺰار ﺧﺎص ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز‬6-3-1
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري در ﻃﻮل ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ "ﺑﺎﻳﺪ" ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ در‬. ‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺷﺪه و در ﺟﻌﺒﻪ اي ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن ﺧﺎرج از ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﺑﻮدن ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ ﺑﻬﺘﺮ اﺳﺖ ﺧﺎﻃﺮ ﻧﺸﺎن ﮔﺮدد ﻛﻪ‬،‫ﻣﻬﻤﻲ در ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎم اﺑﺰار آﻻت ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻴﻨﺮي آدمرو ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ . ‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺿﻮاﺑﻂ در ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮي‬4-1
‫ ﻧﻮع ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎﻻ ﻛﺸﻴﺪن ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ دوار‬1-4-1
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺟﺮﺛﻘﻴﻠﻬﺎي ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺘﺤﺮك( ﺑﺮ‬
‫زﻣﺎن ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز و ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم رﺳﻴﺪن ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ‬
.‫ﮔﺬار اﺳﺖ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه در ﺑﺎﻻي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ دوار‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﺟﺮﺛﻘﻴﻞ ﺳﻘﻔﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ زﻳﺮ ﺳﻘﻒ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ "ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ" ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان راه ﺣﻠﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮي‬
‫ در ﻓﺎز ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﭘﺮوژه و ﭘﻴﺶ از ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺮدن‬.‫ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ در ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺳﻘﻒ داﺋﻢ و در ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ‬،‫ﻃﺮح ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ‬
.‫ﻧﻮع ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺮي ﺗﺼﻤﻴﻢ ﮔﻴﺮي ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬ IPS-C-PM-216 (2)

CONTENTS: Page :‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬

No
CHAPTER 3: JOBSITE RECEIVING AND ‫ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﮔﻴﺮي در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ و ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ‬:3 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
PROTECTION

1.1 SCOPE ......................................................... 14

14 .................................................... ‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-1
1.2 RESPONSIBILITY ...................................... 14
14 ....................................................... ‫ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ‬2-1
1.4 JOBSITE RECEIVING AND
INSPECTION .............................................. 14
14 ......................... ‫ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﮔﻴﺮي در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬4-1
1.5 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS JOBSITE
PROTECTION........................................... 14
14 ......... ‫ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ – ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ‬5-1
1.6 LUBRICANTS AND PRESERVATIVES ........ 14
14 ......................................... ‫ رواﻧﻜﺎرﻫﺎ و ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﻬﺎ‬6-1
1.8 SPARE PARTS, SPECIAL TOOLS, AND
MISCELLANEOUS LOOSE ITEMS........... 15
‫ اﺑﺰار ﺧﺎص و ﻧﻜﺎت ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮن ﻣﺮﺑﻮط‬،‫ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻳﺪﻛﻲ‬8-1
15.................................................. ‫ﺑﻪ اﺟﺰاي ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
1.9 AUXILIARY PIPING FOR ROTATING
EQUIPMENT.............................................. 15
15 ....................... ‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار‬9-1
1.10 COMPRESSORS—GENERAL.................. 15
15 .................................... ‫ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎ – ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬10-1

13
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬ IPS-C-PM-216 (2)

CHAPTER 3: JOBSITE RECEIVING AND ‫ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﮔﻴﺮي در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ و ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ‬: 3 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

PROTECTION

1.1 SCOPE ‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-1

1.1.1 This recommended practice (RP) defines the
minimum requirements for protecting project
machinery and related components from
deterioration while in field storage, after
installation, and during the period prior to
commissioning and hand over to the user.
Requirements of IPS-G-GN-210 (0) shall be met
as deemed applicable. MOD
‫ اﻳﻦ روﻳﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري از‬1-1-1
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت ﭘﺮوژه و اﺟﺰاء ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ از آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪن در ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ‬
‫ ﭘﺲ از ﻧﺼﺐ و در ﻃﻮل دوره ﭘﻴﺶ از راه‬، ‫اﻧﺒﺎر در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت آﻣﺪه در‬.‫اﻧﺪازي و ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ را ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﻮدن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬IPS-G-GN-210 (0)
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬ .‫رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬

1.1.2 Replace “the user’s designated ‫ ﻋﺒﺎرت "ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﻣﻨﺼﻮب ﺷﺪه ﺷﺮﻛﺖ را ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎي‬2-1-1
representative” by “the Company’s designated (‫)اﺻﻼح‬ .‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﻣﻨﺼﻮب ﺷﺪه ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ" ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
representative” MOD

1.1.3 Replace “the user’s designated ‫ ﻋﺒﺎرت "ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﻣﻨﺼﻮب ﺷﺪه ﺷﺮﻛﺖ را ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎي‬3-1-1
representative” by “the Company’s designated (‫)اﺻﻼح‬ .‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﻣﻨﺼﻮب ﺷﺪه ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ" ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
representative” MOD

1.2 RESPONSIBILITY ‫ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ‬2-1

Overall responsibility for protecting project ‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ از ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت ﭘﺮوژه از ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬
machinery from deterioration in the field, per this ‫آﺳﻴﺐ در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﻳﻦ روﻳﻪ ﺗﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و‬
recommended practice, rests with the contractor
.‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ در ﻧﻴﺎﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪة ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
until the machinery is turned over to the care,
custody, and control of the user.

It is also the Contractor’s responsibility to ensure ‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ ﺣﺼﻮل اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻫﺎي‬
that at all times the Manufacturer’s (‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه در اﻧﺒﺎر ﻛﺮدﻧﻬﺎي ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ )زﻳﺮ ﺳﻘﻒ ﻳﺎ در ﻓﻀﺎي ﺑﺎز‬
recommendations on prolonged storage (indoor
‫ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮارﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ و اﻳﻨﻜﻪ از رﺳﻴﺪن آﺳﻴﺐ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
and outdoor) are followed and that damage due to
dust or moisture is prevented. MOD .‫رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮدو ﻏﺒﺎر ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ ﻋﻬﺪه ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر اﺳﺖ‬
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
1.4 JOBSITE RECEIVING AND ‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﮔﻴﺮي در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ‬4-1
INSPECTION

p. On receipt the equipment shall be checked ‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎرﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬،‫ در زﻣﺎن ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﮔﻴﺮي‬: ‫پ‬
against the shipping manifest and inspected for (‫)اﺻﻼح‬ .‫و ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
any damage. MOD

1.5 GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS—JOBSITE ‫ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ – ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ‬5-1

PROTECTION

1.5.1.1 The Contractor shall take all necessary ‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎم اﻗﺪاﻣﺎت ﻻزم را ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺤﻘﻖ‬1-1-5-1
actions to restore the preservation. MOD (‫)اﺻﻼح‬ .‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ آورد‬
1.6 LUBRICANTS AND PRESERVATIVES ‫ رواﻧﻜﺎرﻫﺎ و ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﻬﺎ‬6-1

1.6.7 At an early stage of the project it should be ‫ در ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﭘﺮوژه ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد از ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺑﻮدن‬7-6-1
ensured that there will be adequate quantities of ‫ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ روﻏﻦ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻤﺎﻧﻌﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه از ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ در زﻣﺎن‬
rust preventatives at site by the time equipment is
received. ADD (‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد‬

14
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
1.8 SPARE PARTS, SPECIAL TOOLS, AND
MISCELLANEOUS LOOSE ITEMS
1.8.5 Spare rotors for major rotating equipment
are usually furnished with watertight metal
transport/storage containers suitable for vertical
storage and able to withstand an internal pressure
of 0.20 barg. These containers shall be checked on
arrival at site for any signs of damage and for
absence of moisture and shall be stored according
to the Manufacturer’s instructions. Vertical storage
is recommended if allowed by the Manufacturer’s
instructions. Special attention is required to ensure
that a proper inert environment is maintained in
this container e.g. by nitrogen under a slight
overpressure. ADD
1.9 AUXILIARY PIPING FOR ROTATING
EQUIPMENT
1.9.1 Pipe components
1.9.1.1 To prevent ingress of dirt and foreign
matter it shall be ensured that all routes and
openings are properly blinded off and sealed and
that temporary suction strainers are correctly
installed. Dust blinds shall remain installed until
final alignment. ADD
1.10 COMPRESSORS— GENERAL
1.10.6 The overall lay-out of a compressor
installation shall allow safe access to all operating
positions and to overhead lifting equipment if
provided. There shall be no unguarded floor
openings around machines. ADD
1.10.7 Sufficient space shall be provided at the
compressor floor level for dismantling the
compressor (for reciprocating compressors
including the removal of piston rods), its driver
and auxiliary equipment. If two or more
compressors are located on the same floor,
provision shall be made for a clear floor area that
is adequate for the simultaneous overhaul of all
compressors, their drivers and associated auxiliary
equipment. The permissible floor loading shall be
able to withstand the maximum cumulative weight
that arises during maintenance. ADD
15
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ اﺑﺰار ﺧﺎص و اﻗﻼم ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮن ﻏﻴﺮ‬،‫ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻳﺪﻛﻲ‬8-1
‫ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬
‫ روﺗﻮرﻫﺎي ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ دوار ﻣﻬﻢ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در‬5-8-1
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻴﻨﺮﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﺿﺪ آب ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﻧﺒﺎر ﻛﺮدن ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﺎ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ ﺑﺎر ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬0.2 ‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻓﺸﺎر داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻴﻨﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در زﻣﺎن رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺖ ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﻋﺪم‬
‫ و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫وﺟﻮد رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻳﺎ آﺳﻴﺐ دﻳﺪﮔﻲ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري‬.‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮدي در ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺮﺧﻼف دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻮدن ﻣﺤﻴﻂ داﺧﻞ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﻴﻨﺮ‬.‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﻮد ﻣﺜﻼ ﻣﻴﺘﻮان از ﮔﺎز ﺧﻨﺜﻲ ﻧﻴﺘﺮوژن ﺑﺎ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﻓﺸﺎر اﻧﺪﻛﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ از ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﺤﻴﻂ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﺮد‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ دوار‬9-1
‫ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎت ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬1-9-1
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ورود ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ آﻟﻮدﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮاد‬1-1-9-1
‫ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ " ﺑﺎﻳﺪ " از ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻮدن ﻛﺎﻣﻞ و ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺗﻤﺎم‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻬﺎي ﺑﺎز و ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﺪن ﻛﺎﻣﻞ آﻧﻬﺎ و ﻧﺼﺐ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺑﺴﺘﻬﺎي‬.‫ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺶ ﻣﻮﻗﺖ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﻨﻨﺪه از ورود ﻏﺒﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ ﺳﺎزي‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ . ‫ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻮد ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎ – ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬10-1
‫ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬6-10-1
‫ﻫﺎي آن ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت اﻳﻤﻦ در دﺳﺘﺮس ﺑﻮده و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺮي‬
‫ در اﻃﺮاف ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت‬.‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
(‫) اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮداﻟﻲ ﺑﺪون ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ رﻫﺎ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻀﺎي ﻛﺎﻓﻲ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎز ﻛﺮدن‬7-10-1
‫اﺟﺰاي ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر )در ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر رﻓﺖ و ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ ﻣﺤﺮك و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ آن در‬،(‫ﺟﺪا ﻛﺮدن دﺳﺘﻪ ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﻗﺮار اﺳﺖ دو ﻳﺎ‬.‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر در ﻃﺒﻘﻪ ﺗﻮرﻳﺘﺮﻛﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻀﺎي ﺧﺎﻟﻲ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات اﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻫﻢ زﻣﺎن ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎ و‬
‫ ﺑﺎر اﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬.‫ﻣﺤﺮﻛﻬﺎ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ آﻧﻬﺎ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات روي آن ﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ‬
‫اﺳﺎس ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﺠﻤﻮع وزﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻳﻚ زﻣﺎن ﺑﻪ ﻃﺒﻘﻪ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬،‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009/ 1388‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-C-PM-216 (2‬‬

‫‪1.10.8 The lay-out of auxiliary equipment and the‬‬ ‫‪ 8-10-1‬ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻛﻤﻜﻲ و ﻧﺤﻮه ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ‬
‫‪provision of permanent steps and platforms and‬‬ ‫ﭘﻠﻪ ﻫﺎي داﺋﻤﻲ و ﺳﻜﻮﻫﺎ و ﻓﻀﺎي ﺧﺎﻟﻲ اﻃﺮاف ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﺮار‬
‫‪of adequate clear floor space shall permit easy‬‬
‫‪and safe access to all components for operation‬‬ ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ آﺳﺎن و اﻳﻤﻦ را ﺑﺮاي‬
‫‪and maintenance.‬‬ ‫‪ADD‬‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻻزم ﺟﻬﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮداري و ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ و‬
‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ(‬ ‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪APPENDIX B‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ب‬
‫ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت دوار و ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ و‬
‫‪MACHINERY RECEIVING AND‬‬
‫‪PROTECTION CHECKLIST‬‬ ‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري‬
‫‪1.4.P Equipment checked against the shipping‬‬ ‫‪-4-1‬ع ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﺎرﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬
‫?‪manifest and inspected for any damage‬‬
‫داده ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺮاي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﺳﺎﻟﻢ ﺑﻮدن ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد؟‬

‫‪16‬‬
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬ IPS-C-PM-216 (2)

Page :‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬

CONTENTS:
No
CHAPTER 4: FOUNDATIONS ‫ ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎ‬: 4 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

SECTION 1-DEFINITIONS................................ 18
18 ................................................... ‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ‬-1 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
1.3 EQUIPMENT USER .................................... 18
18 ................................................‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬3-1
SECTION 2- MACHINERY FOUNDATION
INSTALLATION DESIGN ........ 18
18 ...‫ – ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت دوار‬2 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS .................... 18
18 ................................................ ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬2-2
2.10 ANCHOR BOLTS AND SLEEVES............ 18
18 ............................. ‫ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ و ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎ‬10-2
APPENDIX A ..................................................................20
20 ........................................................... ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ‬

17
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
CHAPTER 4: FOUNDATIONS
SECTION 1- DEFINITIONS
1.3 EQUIPMENT USER
The equipment user shall mean ‘Company’. MOD
SECTION 2 - MACHINERY FOUNDATION
INSTALLATION DESIGN
2.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
2.2.17 The foundation for a reciprocating
compressor installation must position and support
the compressor. It must keep the compressor
aligned and help it support the loads generated by
the compressor and its driver. In supporting time
varying loads, the combined stiffness of the
compressor’s structure and foundation must limit
dynamic motion of the compressor and bending
loads on the crankshaft to acceptable levels. In
summary, the compressor and its foundation must
act together as an integrated structure which
assures sound, reliable, robust machine function.
ADD
2.2.18 The foundation should meet these
requirements over the anticipated life of the
compressor installation. It should, therefore,
support all loads which it experiences with
sustained strength and integrity. The stresses which
the loads generate within the block should fall
below the levels at which cracking may occur for
the concrete in question. Concrete strength under
dynamic loads should consider fatigue and the
reduction in strength it causes. If cracking occurs, it
should remain localized, with its growth limited.
ADD
2.10 ANCHOR BOLTS and SLEEVES
2.10.5 For all new installations of large low speed
reciprocating compressors (200-600 rpm), high
strength steel anchor bolts satisfying ASTM
specification A-193, with 105,000 PSI tensile
yield shall be used. MOD
2.10.9 For all new installations of large low speed
reciprocating compressors (200-600 rpm), rolled
(formed) threads shall be used to minimize any
stress concentration at the threads (as per ASTM
A-193 for bolts and ASTM A-194 for nuts). ADD
18
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮﻧﻬﺎ‬: 4 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ – ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ‬1 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﻬﺮه ﺑﺮدار ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬3-1
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬ .‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ – ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت دوار‬2 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬2-2
‫ ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر رﻓﺖ و ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﻞ‬17-2-2
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬.‫اﺳﺘﻘﺮار و ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎه ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﺮاي آن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر را در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎﻳﻲ ﻧﮕﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ و ﺑﻪ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ‬
‫ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم‬.‫ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر و ﻣﺤﺮك آن ﻛﻤﻚ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر و ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ دﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ‬
‫ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر و ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي ﺧﺘﻮرﻳﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه روي ﻣﻴﻞ ﻟﻨﮓ را‬
.‫ در ﺳﻄﺢ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮﻟﻲ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر و ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ اش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺼﻮرت‬، ‫در ﻣﺠﻤﻮع‬
‫ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎر ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﻄﻮرﻳﻜﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺑﺪون‬
(‫ )اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬.‫ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن و ﻣﻘﺎوم ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻧﻘﺺ‬
‫ ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن در ﻃﻮل ﻋﻤﺮ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي‬18-2-2
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ذﻳﻞ را ﺑﺮآورده ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ و ﺗﻤﺎم ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي‬
‫وارده ﺑﻬﻤﺮاه ﻧﻴﺮوي ﻻزم ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﻔﻆ ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﮕﻲ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ را‬
‫ ﺗﻨﺸﻬﺎي وارده ﻛﻪ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه در‬.‫ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻮك ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﻣﻴﺰان ﻻزم ﺑﺮاي اﻳﺠﺎد ﺗﺮك در‬
‫ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﺑﺘﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي دﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲ‬.‫ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﮔﻴﺮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺴﺘﮕﻲ و اﻓﺖ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از آن در‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻲ ﺑﻮﺟﻮد ﺑﻴﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺮك در‬.‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺷﺪه و از رﺷﺪ آن ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ و ﻏﻼﻓﻬﺎ‬10-2
‫ در ﻧﺼﺒﻬﺎي ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎي رﻓﺖ و ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ‬5-10-2*
‫ دور در دﻗﻴﻘﻪ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي‬200-600) ‫ﺑﺰرگ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﻛﻢ‬
ASTM ‫ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﺑﺎﻻ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬.‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬105000 psi ‫ و ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﺶ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ‬A-193
‫ در ﻧﺼﺒﻬﺎي ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎي رﻓﺖ و ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ‬9-10-2*
‫( دور در دﻗﻴﻘﻪ( رزوهﻫﺎي ﻧﻮرد‬200-600) ‫ﺑﺰرگ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد ﺗﺎ ﺗﻤﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﻨﺶ درﻣﺤﻞ رزوه‬
‫ و ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻬﺮه‬ASTM A-193 ‫ﻫﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ )ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎ از‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .(ASTM A-194 ‫ﻫﺎ از‬
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
2.10.10 Make anchor bolts as long as possible, for
the following reasons: ADD
- Lengthening anchor bolts increases their
tolerance to creep of any polymeric materials
(e.g. epoxy grout) in the machine mounting.
- Lengthening the anchor bolts reduces the
dynamic stresses in the concrete near the bolt
termination.
- Lengthening anchor bolts increases the
separation of bolt termination from sources of
oil that can help grow the crack and weaken the
surrounding concrete.
*
Note: Interested reader may refer to the following
document for further information:
“FOUNDATION GUIDELINES”, Report No. TR-
97-2, 1998 Gas Machinery Research Council
(GMRC)
19
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻞ زﻳﺮ در ﺣﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﺑﻠﻨﺪ‬10-10-2 *
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ :‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﻮدن ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﺧﺰش اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬-
‫ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻠﻤﻴﺮي )ﻣﺜﻼً ﮔﺮوت اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ( در ﻧﺸﻴﻤﻨﮕﺎه ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ را‬
. ‫اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻨﺸﻬﺎي دﻳﻨﺎﻣﻴﻚ در‬،‫ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﻮدن ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬-
.‫ﺑﺘﻦ اﻃﺮاف اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ را ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ از‬، ‫ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﻮدن ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬-
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ روﻏﻦ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ رﺷﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ و ﺗﻀﻌﻴﻒ ﺑﺘﻦ آن‬
.‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ را اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﺧﻮاﻧﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻨﺪ در اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد اﻃﻼﻋﺎت‬:‫*ﻳﺎدآوري‬
"‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮي ﻛﺴﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ "راﻫﻨﻤﺎي ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن‬
.‫( ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬GMRC) 1998 ‫ ﺳﺎل‬TR-97-2 ‫ﺷﻤﺎره‬
 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009/ 1388‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-C-PM-216 (2‬‬

‫‪APPENDIX A‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ‬

‫‪TYPICAL FOUNDATION AND ANCHOR‬‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ و ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬
‫‪BOLT DETAILS‬‬

‫ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫• ﺑﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪه‬
‫و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎري از ﮔﺮد و ﻏﺒﺎر و روﻏﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺳﻄﺢ روي‬
‫ﺷﺪه‬ ‫آﺟﺪار‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• در اﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺷﻤﺎﺗﻴﻚ ﻋﻮاﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺘﻦ ﻧﺸﺎن داده‬
‫ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫• اﺑﻌﺎد ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ و ‪h‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ اﺑﻌﺎد واﻗﻌﻲ در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫دارد‪.‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬

‫)ﺑﺮاي ﻟﺒﻪ ﭘﺦ اﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد(‪.‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺘﻦ‬

‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬

‫ﮔﺮوت‬

‫ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﺑﺘﻨﻲ‬

‫‪Fig. A-5 — TYPICAL FOUNDATION DIMENSIONS FOR THE INSTALLATION‬‬

‫)‪OF VERTICAL CLOSE COUPLED PUMPS (ADD‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ اﻟﻒ‪ -5-‬اﺑﻌﺎد ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ ﻛﻮﺗﺎه )اﺿﺎﻓﻪ(‬

‫‪20‬‬
 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009/ 1388‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-C-PM-216 (2‬‬

‫‪APPENDIX A‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ‬

‫‪TYPICAL FOUNDATION AND‬‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ و ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬
‫‪ANCHOR BOLT DETAILS‬‬

‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻒ‪-‬اﻟﻒ‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ A‬ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻛﺪ ‪20‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ B‬ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻛﺪ ‪60‬‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫__‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪاد‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬

‫‪Fig. A-6 — MOUNTING PLATE FOR VERTICAL CLOSE COUPLED PUMPS,‬‬

‫)‪BS 4082 –CODE 20 AND 60 (ADD‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ اﻟﻒ‪ -6-‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻤﻨﮕﺎه ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ ﻛﻮﺗﺎه‬
‫ﻛﺪ ‪ 20‬و ‪) 4082BS 60‬اﺿﺎﻓﻪ(‬

‫‪21‬‬
 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009/ 1388‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-C-PM-216 (2‬‬

‫‪APPENDIX A‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ‬

‫‪TYPICAL FOUNDATION AND‬‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ و ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬
‫‪ANCHOR BOLT DETAILS‬‬

‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻊ اﻟﻒ‪-‬اﻟﻒ‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ A‬ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻛﺪ ‪10‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ B‬ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﻛﺪ ‪ 40 ، 30‬و ‪50‬‬

‫‪2‬‬ ‫‪3‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬

‫‪1‬‬ ‫__‬ ‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺪاد‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺟﻨﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬

‫‪Fig. A-7 - MOUNTING PLATE FOR VERTICAL CLOSE COUPLED PUMPS,‬‬

‫)‪BS 4082 –CODE 10, 30, 40 AND 50 (ADD‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ اﻟﻒ‪ -7-‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﺸﻴﻤﻨﮕﺎه ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮدي ﺑﺎ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ ﻛﻮﺗﺎه‬
‫ﻛﺪ ‪ 40 ،30 ، 10‬و ‪) 4082BS 50‬اﺿﺎﻓﻪ(‬

‫‪22‬‬
 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009/ 1388‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-C-PM-216 (2‬‬

‫‪APPENDICES‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖﻫﺎ‬
‫‪APPENDIX A‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ‬
‫‪TYPICAL FOUNDATION AND‬‬
‫‪ANCHOR BOLT DETAILS‬‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ و ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬

‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ‪ 25‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬

‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬ ‫‪-1‬‬

‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﻮﻻدي‬ ‫‪-2‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺮﻛﻦ‬ ‫‪-3‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬ ‫‪-4‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻮر ﺗﺮاز ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬ ‫‪-5‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬ ‫‪-6‬‬

‫‪Fig. A-8 - TYPICAL ARRANGEMENT OF SOLE PLATES, LEVELING SPINDLES AND SHIMS AS‬‬
‫)‪USED FOR RECIPROCATING EQUIPMENT (ADD‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ اﻟﻒ‪ -8-‬ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﭼﻴﺪﻣﺎن ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺤﻮر ﺗﺮازﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﺗﺮاز ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻛﻪ‬
‫در ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات رﻓﺖ و ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد )اﺿﺎﻓﻪ(‬

‫‪23‬‬
 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009/ 1388‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-C-PM-216 (2‬‬

‫‪APPENDIX A‬‬ ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ‬

‫‪TYPICAL FOUNDATION AND‬‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ و ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻲ‬
‫‪ANCHOR BOLT DETAILS‬‬

‫ﭘﻴﭻ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ‬

‫ ‬

‫
  ‬

‫اﺑﻌﺎد ‪:‬‬
‫‪ 45‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪A ..‬‬
‫‪ 67‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪B ..‬‬
‫‪ 45‬ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ × ‪C .. 80‬‬
‫وزن ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ‪ 1/05 :‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﺎر‪ 2000 :‬ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺗﺮاز‬

‫)‪Fig.A-9 - DIMENSIONS AND TYPICAL ARRANGEMENT OF JACKING SCREW (ADD‬‬

‫ﺷﻜﻞ اﻟﻒ‪ -9-‬اﺑﻌﺎد و وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﺗﺮاز )اﺿﺎﻓﻪ(‬

‫‪24‬‬
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬ IPS-C-PM-216 (2)

Page :‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬

CONTENTS:
No
CHAPTER 5: MOUNTING PLATE ‫ ﮔﺮوت رﻳﺰي ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬: 5 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
GROUTING

SECTION 1- DEFINITIONS ............................... 26

26 .....................................................‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ‬-1 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
1.6 EQUIPMENT USER .................................... 26
26 ................................................ ‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬6-1
SECTION 2- MACHINERY GROUTING
INSTALLATION DESIGN ......... 26
26 .......‫ – ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ اﺟﺮاي ﮔﺮوت رﻳﺰي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت‬2 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬

25
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
CHAPTER 5: MOUNTING PLATE
GROUTING
SECTION 1- DEFINITIONS
1.6 EQUIPMENT USER
The equipment user shall mean ‘Company’ MOD
SECTION 2- MACHINERY GROUTING
INSTALLATION DESIGN
2.4.3 Types of grout
2.4.3.1 Sand-cement grout
The use shall be limited to grouting of minor steel
structures (e.g. instrument stands) only.
The grout shall be a mixture of one part of
Portland cement and three parts of clean fine sand.
The grout shall have a minimum crushing strength
of 20 N/mm2 after 28 days and not less than 13
N/mm2 at 7 days.
The sand aggregate shall comply with the
relevant sections of BS 812 or equivalent code
with respect to mechanical, physical and chemical
properties, and be capable of freely passing a
filter mesh of 1.5 mm. ADD
2.4.3.2 Non-shrink grout
A grout is regarded as non-shrink if its volume is
not less than the initial volume, after hardening for
28 days. During this period the test specimens
shall have been completely protected against
drying, evaporating, carbonation and exposure to
temperatures outside the range 23 °C ± 3 °C. ADD
The type and brand of non-shrink grout shall, after
approval, be indicated on the drawings and/or
specification for concrete work Contractor shall
supply the Manufacturer’s data sheets and
certificates.
The grout shall be free of chlorides and shall have
a pouring consistency.
A metal-oxidizing or gypsum-forming non-shrink
grout shall not be used.
Non-shrink grout shall be applied under all major
steel structures and stationary, rotating and
reciprocating equipment.
26
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ ﮔﺮوت رﻳﺰي ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬: 5 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ – ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ‬1 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬6-1
(‫ )اﺻﻼح‬. ‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ "ﺷﺮﻛﺖ" ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ – ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ اﺟﺮاي ﮔﺮوت رﻳﺰي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت‬2 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ اﻧﻮاع ﮔﺮوت‬3-4-2
‫ ﮔﺮوت ﻣﺎﺳﻪ – ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬1-3-4-2
‫اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﮔﺮوت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﺤﺼﺮاً ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎرﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي ﻛﻮﭼﻚ‬
.‫)ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي اﺑﺰار دﻗﻴﻖ( ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﮔﺮوت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺨﻠﻮﻃﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن ﭘﻮرﺗﻠﻨﺪ وﺳﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ و ﺑﺴﻴﺎر رﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﺮ‬20 ‫ﮔﺮوت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﺧﺮدﺷﺪﮔﻲ‬
‫ روز داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و اﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﺰان ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬28 ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﭘﺲ از‬
. ‫ روز ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬7 ‫ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ در‬13
‫ ﻳﺎ ﻛﺪ‬BS 812 ‫ﻣﺎﺳﻪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ و ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ را‬،‫ﻣﻌﺎدل آن ﻛﻪ در ﻣﻮرد ﺧﻮاص ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺗﺒﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﺑﻪ راﺣﺘﻲ از ﻏﺮﺑﺎل ﺑﺎ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮﻋﺒﻮر ﻛﻨﺪ‬1/5 ‫ﺗﻮري‬
‫ ﮔﺮوت ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻘﺒﺾ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه‬2-3-4-2
‫ روز ﺣﺠﻢ ان ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬28 ‫ﮔﺮوﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ از ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪن ﻃﻲ‬
‫ ﮔﺮوت ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻘﺒﺾ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﻧﺎﻣﻴﺪه ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬،‫روز اول ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻧﺸﻮد‬
‫ در ﻃﻮل اﻳﻦ دوره ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً از ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬.
‫ ﻛﺮﻧﺒﺎﺗﻪ ﺷﺪن و در ﻣﻌﺮض دﻣﺎي ﻏﻴﺮ‬، ‫ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮ‬، ‫ﺧﺸﻚ ﺷﺪﮔﻲ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ ﻣﻤﺎﻧﻌﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﻴﻠﺴﻴﻮس‬23 ±3 ‫از‬
‫ﻧﻮع و ﻧﺎم ﺗﺠﺎري ﮔﺮوت ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻘﺒﺾ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺲ از ﺗﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺘﻦ‬/ ‫روي ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ذﻛﺮ ﺷﻮد و‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮﮔﺔ داده و ﮔﻮاﻫﻴﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه را ﺑﻜﺎر ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﮔﺮوت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎري از ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻠﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺷــﺪ و ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم‬
.‫رﻳﺨﺘﻦ ﻳﻜﻨﻮاﺧﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﮔﺮوت ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻘﺒﺾ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه اﻛﺴﻴﺪ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻓﻠﺰات ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮوﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ‬
.‫ﮔﭽﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﻧﮕﻴﺮد‬
‫ﮔﺮوت ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻘﺒﺾ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ زﻳﺮ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎرﻫﺎي اﺻﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻮﻻدي و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺛﺎﺑﺖ و دوار و رﻓﺖ و ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
In general one of the following types of non-
shrink grout shall be used:
- Cement-based non-shrink grout, with a
minimum compressive strength of 75
N/mm2;
- Epoxy-based non-shrink grout, with a
minimum compressive strength of 95
N/mm2. ADD
2.4.3.3 Grouting of pre-stressed systems
(tendons)
Grouting of tendons shall be in accordance with
CEB-FIB MODEL CODE 1990, Section 11.8 and
the FIB Guide to Good practice “Grouting of
tendons in pre-stressed concrete”, 1900 or BS
8110-1, clause 8.9.
The injection grout shall have at least the same
properties (compressive strengths, tensile
strengths, adhesion etc.) as the specified concrete.
The water/cement ratio shall not exceed 0.40.
The Contractor shall compile the type and
composition (including test results and data
sheets) of the injection grout. A QA/QC procedure
shall be provided by Contractor.
The ducts of the tendons shall be dried by air
blowing. The air shall be free of oil and shall have
a maximum relative humidity of 65%. The ducts
of the tendons shall be filled with injection grout
and checked for proper, complete filling. See also
BS 4408 in this respect.
The pockets at the anchorage of the pre-stressed
tendons shall be filled with concrete of at least the
same properties as the structural concrete. A
modified poured (repair) concrete or gunited
concrete should be used. Surface preparation, such
as removal of the laitance and the use of an
approved bonding agent, shall be considered to
ensure proper bonding. ADD
27
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ ﻳﻜﻲ از دو ﻧﻮع ﮔﺮوت ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻘﺒﺾ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ذﻳﻞ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم‬، ‫ ﮔﺮوت ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻘﺒﺾ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎﻧﻲ‬-
‫ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬75 ‫ﻓﺸﺎري‬
‫ ﮔﺮوت ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﻘﺒﺾ ﺷﻮﻧﺪه ﭘﺎﻳﻪ اﭘﻮﻛﺴﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم‬-
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ . .‫ ﻧﻴﻮﺗﻦ ﺑﺮ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬95 ‫ﻓﺸﺎري‬
‫ ﮔﺮوت رﻳﺰي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي از ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه‬3-3-4-2
(‫)ﺗﻨﺪون ﻫﺎ‬
CEB-FIB ،8-11 ‫ﮔﺮوت رﻳﺰي ﺗﻨﺪوﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي روﻳﻪ اي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬FIB ‫ و راﻫﻨﻤﺎي‬1990 ‫آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﺪل‬
‫ ﻳﺎ‬1900 ‫در "ﮔﺮوت ﺗﻨﺪوﻧﻬﺎ در ﺑﺘﻦ از ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻴﺪه ﺷﺪه" ﺳﺎل‬
.‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬BS 8119-1 ‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬9-8 ‫ﻣﺎده‬
،‫ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ ﮔﺮوت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ داراي ﺧﻮاص )اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫ و ﭼﺴﺒﻨﺪﮔﻲ و ﻏﻴﺮه( ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت‬،‫اﺳﺘﺤﻜﺎم ﻛﺸﺸﻲ‬
‫ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ آن ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﺎن‬.‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺘﻦ را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬0/40 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ از‬
(‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻮع و ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ) ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ آزﻣﻮن و داده ﺑﺮگ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬.‫را در ﮔﺮوت ﺗﺰرﻳﻘﻲ ﺟﻤﻊ آوري ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ راﺑﻄﻪ را ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬QA/QC ‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ دﺳﺘﻮر اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﺪوﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ دﻣﻴﺪن ﻫﻮا ﺧﺸﻚ‬
65 % ‫ ﻫﻮا اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎري از روﻏﻦ و ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ‬. ‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻛﺎﻧﺎﻟﻬﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﺪوﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬.‫رﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﮔﺮوت ﺗﺰرﻳﻘﻲ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و از ﭘﺮﺷﺪن ﻛﺎﻣﻞ و ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ آﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ راﺑﻄﻪ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬.‫اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬BS 4408
‫ﺣﺒﺎﺑﻬﺎي ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺷﺪه در ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﺎي ﺗﻨﺪوﻧﻬﺎي ﭘﻴﺶ ﺗﻨﻴﺪه‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻦ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮد و ﺧﻮاص آن ﺗﻮرﻳﺎﺑﻪ ﺧﻮاص ﺑﺘﻦ‬
‫ ﺑﺘﻦ )ﻣﺮﻣﺖ ( ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ‬. ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ آﻣﺎده‬. ‫ﺻﻮرت ﭘﺎﺷﻨﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺰرﻳﻖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ زدودن ﺣﺒﺎﺑﻬﺎ و اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺎﺋﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﺟﻬﺖ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ از اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬ IPS-C-PM-216 (2)

Page :‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬

CONTENTS:
No
CHAPTER 6: PIPING ‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬: 6 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

SECTION 1—DEFINITIONS .............................. 29

29 .................................................. ‫ – ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ‬1 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
1.9 EQUIPMENT USER .................................... 29
29 ................................................. ‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬9-1
SECTION 2—MACHINERY PIPING
INSTALLATION DESIGN ........ 29
29 .... ‫ – ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت دوار‬2‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
2.1 SCOPE ......................................................... 29
29 .................................................... ‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-2
2.4 PIPING SUPPORTS .................................... 29
29 .....................................‫ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬4-2
2.8 INLET STRAINERS ....................................... 30
30 .............................. ‫ ﺻﺎﻓﻴﻬﺎ در دﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ورودي‬8-2
SECTION 4- MACHINERY PIPING ................. 30
30 ........................ ‫ – ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت وار‬4 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
4.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENT ...................... 30
30 ................................................ ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-4
4.6 PIPING ALIGNMENT
REQUIREMENTS ............................................ 30
30 ...................... ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ ﺳﺎزي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬6-4
4.8 PIPE STRAIN MEASUREMENT ................ 33
31 ........................... ‫ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﺮﻧﺶ در ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ‬8-4

28
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
CHAPTER 6- PIPINIG
SECTION 1- DEFINITIONS
1.9 Equipment User
The equipment user shall mean ‘Company’. MOD
SECTION 2- MACHINERY PIPING
INSTALLATION DESIGN
2.1 SCOPE
2.1.1 This recommended practice (RP) is intended
to provide guidelines for the installation and
preinstallation design of piping that is connected
to machinery in petroleum or chemical processing
facilities. The Contractor shall ensure that the
piping associated with the process machineries is
in accordance with Manufacturer’s requirements
and with IPS-E-PM-385(1), "Machinery Piping"
requirements. MOD
2.4 Piping Supports
Requirements of IPS-G-PI-280 (1)shall be met as
deemed applicable. MOD
2.4.1 Piping shall not be fully connected to the
equipment before the final pipe supports have
been installed. ADD
2.4.2 To avoid the undue stressing of rotating
equipment, the installation of piping shall never
start from rotating equipment nozzles. Piping
upstream and downstream of the equipment shall
be fitted from the nearest anchor. ADD
2.5 Provision for Field Welds
2.5.1 Welding shall not be done on piping
connected to the equipment foundation, base
plates or the equipment itself, without proper
direct earthing-back to the welding transformer. In
order to prevent damage to equipment bearings by
stray currents, earth cables shall not be connected
to any part (base plate, pedestal, drive, etc.) of
rotating equipment. ADD
29
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ – ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬6 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ – ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ‬1 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬9-1
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬ .‫ﻣﻨﻈﻮر از ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ – ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت دوار‬2 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-2
‫ اﻳﻦ روﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر اراﺋﻪ راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ‬1-1-2
‫و ﭘﻴﺶ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت دوار ﻣﻮﺟﻮد در‬
‫ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ‬،‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻧﻔﺘﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در‬.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
IPS-E-PM-385 ‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه و‬
‫( ﺑﺨﺶ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت "ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت" اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬1)
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬ .‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬4-2
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺻﻮرت ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬IPS-G-PI-280 (1) ‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬ . ‫اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﻴﺶ از اﺗﺼﺎل‬1-4-2
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از وارد ﺷﺪن ﺗﻨﺶ ﻫﺎي ﻏﻴﺮ ﺿﺮوري‬2-4-2
‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ از ﻧﺎزل ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ ﺑﺎﻻ دﺳﺘﻲ و ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ دﺳﺘﻲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬.‫دوار ﺷﺮوع ﺷﻮد‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻧﺰدﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎه ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري در ﺳﺎﻳﺖ‬5-2
‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري روي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن‬1-5-2
‫ ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺗﺮاﻧﺲ دﺳﺘﮕﺎه ﺟﻮش اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ را ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺻﺪﻣﻪ دﻳﺪن‬. ‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﺎﺑﻠﻬﺎي‬،‫ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻧﺎت ﺳﺮﮔﺮدان‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﻪ زﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ) از ﺟﻤﻠﻪ‬
.‫ ﻣﺤﺮك و ﻏﻴﺮه( ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ دوار دور ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬،‫ ﺳﺘﻮﻧﻬﺎ‬،‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
2.8 Inlet Strainers
Requirements of IPS-G-PI-230 (0) shall be met as
deemed applicable. MOD
SECTION 4- MACHINERY PIPING
4.1 General Requirement
4.1.10 The materials of all pipe and fittings shall
comply with the specified requirements.
4.1.11 Bolting, gaskets, flanges, and flange finish
shall be all in accordance with the specifications.
ADD
4.1.12 Drains shall be at the lowest points and
vents shall be at the highest points. Steam lines
connected to hot process lines shall be provided
with a drain or vent and a valve as close as
possible to the process lines. ADD
4.1.13 Un-insulated lines for a hot product shall be
safely protected at locations where personnel can
come into contact with these lines. ADD
4.1.14 Globe valves and check valves shall be
installed correctly for the direction of flow. ADD
4.6 Piping Alignment Requirements
4.6.5 Process piping flanges shall be lined up
properly with the equipment flanges. ADD
4.6.7 All process piping in between suction
strainer/filter and equipment nozzle shall be clean
(no mill scale etc.). If the line diameter is too
small for a proper visual inspection, line sections
concerned shall be removed and chemically
cleaned and passivated. ADD
4.6.8 The alignment shall be checked during final
connection of the process piping to the equipment.
Dust blinds shall remain in place up to that time.
ADD
4.6.9 For closed cooling water system, it shall be
checked whether the system is properly treated
with anti-freeze and corrosion inhibitor. ADD
30
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ ﺻﺎﻓﻴﻬﺎي دﻫﺎﻧﻪ ورودي‬8-2
‫ در ﺻﻮرت‬IPS-G-PI-230 (0) ‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت آﻣﺪه در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬ . ‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ – ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت وار‬4 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-4
‫ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬10-1-4
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ و ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ‬، ‫ درزﺑﻨﺪ‬،‫ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ‬11-1-4
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ و‬12-1-4
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر ﻛﻪ‬.‫درﻳﭽﻪ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ در ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﻮط داغ ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪي ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي آﺑﮕﺬر ﻳﺎ‬
‫درﻳﭽﻪ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ و ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﺮ در ﻧﺰدﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻓﺎﻗﺪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ و‬13-1-4
‫ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت داغ را ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜﺎن‬
‫ﺗﺮدد و ﺗﻤﺎس اﻓﺮاد ﺑﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ وﺟﻮد دارد ﺑﻄﻮر اﻳﻤﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺗﻮﭘﻲ و ﻳﻚ‬14-1-4
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﻃﺮﻓﻪ‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ ﺳﺎزي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬- 6-4
‫ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي‬5-6-4
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻫﻢ راﺳﺘﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﻴﻦ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻣﻜﺶ و‬7-6-4
‫ﻧﺎزل ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺗﻤﻴﺰ )ﻋﺎري از ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺮاده‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ‬.‫ﺗﺮاﺷﻜﺎري و ﻏﻴﺮه ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎي ﻣﺰﺑﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺪا ﺷﺪه و ﺑﻪ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﺻﻮرت ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ و ﻏﻴﺮ ﻓﻌﺎل ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﻢ راﺳﺘﺎ ﺳﺎزي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻃﻮل اﺗﺼﺎل ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي‬8-6-4
‫ ﻏﺒﺎر ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬.‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮد‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ آن زﻣﺎن در ﻣﻜﺎن ﺧﻮد ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ آب ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر‬9-6-4
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﻳﺦ زدﮔﻲ و ﻣﻤﺎﻧﻌﺖ از ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﻲ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ . ‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮد‬
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
4.8 PIPE STRAIN MEASUREMENT
4.8.8 Process lines leading to and from the
equipment shall be connected to the equipment in
such a way that strain-free operation is
assured.
ADD
APPENDIX A
MACHINERY PIPING INSTALLATION
DESIGN
4.1 General Requirement
4.1.10 Verify that the materials of all pipe and
fittings comply with the specified requirements.
ADD
4.1.11 Verify whether bolting, gaskets, flanges,
and flange finish are all in accordance with the
specifications. ADD
4.1.12 Verify that drains are at the lowest points
and vents are at the highest points. Steam lines
connected to hot process lines shall be provided
with a drain or vent and a valve as close as
possible to the process lines. ADD
4.1.13 Verify that Un-insulated lines for a hot
product have been safely protected at locations
where personnel can come into contact with these
lines. ADD
4.1.14 Verify whether globe valves and check
valves have been installed correctly for the
direction of flow. ADD
4.6 Piping Alignment Requirements
4.6.5 Verify that process piping flanges line up
properly with the equipment flanges. ADD
4.6.7 Verify that all process piping in between
suction strainer/filter and equipment nozzle is
clean (no mill scale etc.). If the line diameter is
too small for a proper visual inspection, line
sections concerned shall be removed and
chemically cleaned and passivated. ADD
4.6.8 Verify the alignment during final connection
of the process piping to the equipment. Check if
dust blinds are remained in place up to that time.
31
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﺮﻧﺶ در ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ‬8-4
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻛﻪ از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار ﻣﻨﺸﻌﺐ‬8-8-4
‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ . ‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺮﻧﺸﻲ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻧﺸﻮد‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ‬
‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت دوار‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-4
‫ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺗﻤـﺎم ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ ﻫـﺎ و اﺗﺼـﺎﻻت ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﺒـﻖ ﺑـﺎ‬10-1-4
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﻠــــﻨﺞ ﻫــــﺎ و ﺑﺴــــﺘﻦ‬، ‫ درزﺑﻨــــﺪ‬، ‫ ﭘﻴﭽﻬــــﺎ‬11-1-4
(‫ )اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬.‫ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻌـﺎت ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ در ﭘـﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺗـﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄـﻪ و‬12-1-4
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺨـﺎر‬. ‫درﻳﭽﺔ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ در ﺑﺎﻻ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺧﻄﻮط داغ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي آﺑﮕﺬر ﻳـﺎ‬
‫درﻳﭽﻪ ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ و ﻳﻚ ﺷـﻴﺮ در ﻧﺰدﻳﻜﺘـﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺤـﻞ ﻧﺴـﺒﺖ ﺑـﻪ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﺧﻄﻮط ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟــﻪﻫــﺎﻳﻲ ﻛــﻪ ﻓﺎﻗــﺪ ﭘﻮﺷــﺶ ﺣﺮارﺗــﻲ ﻫﺴــﺘﻨﺪ و‬13-1-4
‫ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻت داغ را ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻣﻜـﺎن‬
‫ﺗﺮدد و ﺗﻤﺎس اﻓﺮاد ﺑﺎ آﻧﻬـﺎ وﺟـﻮد دارد ﺑﻄـﻮر اﻳﻤـﻦ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈـﺖ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺗﻮﭘﻲ و ﻳﻚ‬14-1-4
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﻃﺮﻓﻪ‬
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ ﺳﺎزي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬6-4
‫ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻫﺎي ﻟﻮﻟـﻪ ﻫـﺎي ﻓﺮاﻳﻨـﺪي ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺑـﺎ ﻓﻠـﻨﺞ ﻫـﺎي‬5-6-4
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻫﻢ راﺳﺘﺎ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺑﻴﻦ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻓﻴﻠﺘـﺮ ﻣﻜـﺶ و‬7-6-4
‫ﻧﺎزل ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﺗﻤﻴـﺰ )ﻋـﺎري از ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧـﻪ ﺑـﺮاده‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳـﻲ ﭼﺸـﻤﻲ‬.‫ﺗﺮاﺷﻜﺎري و ﻏﻴﺮه ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﻘﻄﻌﻬﺎي ﻣﺰﺑﻮر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﺪا ﺷﺪه و ﺑـﻪ‬.‫ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﺻﻮرت ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ و ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎل ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﺮاز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻃﻮل اﺗﺼﺎل ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪي ﺑـﻪ‬8-6-4
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﺪ ﻏﺒـﺎر ﮔﻴﺮﻫـﺎ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺗـﺎ آن زﻣـﺎن در‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﻣﻜﺎن ﺧﻮد ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬ IPS-C-PM-216 (2)

ADD

4.6.9 For closed cooling water system, check ‫ ﺳــﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺴــﺘﻪ آب ﺧﻨــﻚ ﻛﻨﻨــﺪه ﺑﺎﻳــﺪ ﺑــﻪ ﻣﻨﻈــﻮر‬9-6-4
whether the system is properly treated with anti- ‫ﺟﻠـﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﻳـﺦ زدﮔــﻲ و ﻣﻤﺎﻧﻌـﺖ از ﺧــﻮردﮔﻲ ﺑـﻪ درﺳــﺘﻲ‬
freeze and corrosion inhibitor. ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮد‬
4.8 Pipe Strain Measurement ‫ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ‬8-4

4.8.8 Verify that process lines leading to and from ‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻛﻪ از ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات دوار ﻣﻨﺸﻌﺐ‬8-8-4
the equipment have been connected to the ‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺧﺘﻢ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﺑﺎ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬
equipment in such a way that strain-free operation
is assured. ADD (‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻛﺮﻧﺸﻲ اﻳﺠﺎد ﻧﺸﻮد‬

32
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬ IPS-C-PM-216 (2)

PAGE :‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬

CONTENTS:
No
CHAPTER 7: SHAFT ALIGNMENT ‫ ﻫﻢ راﺳﺘﺎ ﺳﺎزي ﻣﺤﻮر‬:7 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

SECTION 1-DEFINITIONS ................................ 34

34 ...................................................‫ – ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ‬1 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
1.10 EQUIPMENT USER .................................. 34
34 ............................................... ‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬10-1
SECTION 3-GENERAL REQUIREMENTS ..... 34
34 ....................................... ‫ – اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬3 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
SECTION 4-ALIGNMENT TYPES .................... 34
34 ................................ ‫ – اﻧﻮاع ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ ﺳﺎزي‬4 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
4.1 GENERAL ................................................... 34
34 ........................................................... ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-4

33
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
CHAPTER 7: SHAFT ALIGNMENT
SECTION 1- DEFINITIONS
1.10 EQUIPMENT USER
The equipment user shall mean ‘Company’. MOD
SECTION 3- GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
3.1.6 Alignment shall allow for potential
movements such as thermal expansion, hydraulic
loading, gears with racing pinions, etc. The
Manufacturer's instructions shall be followed.
ADD
3.1.7 Prior to alignment checking it should be
confirmed that the equipment is correctly
supported, e.g.:
●No "soft foot" (maximum dial movement
0.03 mm);
Note : A 'soft foot' is one which does not have
solid flat contact with the mating support pads
when the equipment is in place.
●Shims are of stainless steel;
●Shims straddle foundation bolts and are fully
bearing;
●Axial and transverse keys are properly
located and secured;
●Level and alignment adjustment screws are
loose. ADD
SECTION 4- ALIGNMENT TYPES
4.1 GENERAL
The following methods of shaft alignment are
acceptable in the following order of preference:
1) Optical alignment method (with laser
optics);
2) The reverse periphery method with dial
indicators;
3) The face and rim method with 2 axial dial
gauges and 1 radial dial gauge.
34
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ ﻛﺮدن ﻣﺤﻮر‬:7 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ‬-1 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬10-1
(‫ )اﺻﻼح‬.‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ – اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬3 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ در ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ ﻧﻤﻮدن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺣﺮﻛﺎت ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮه ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬6-1-3
‫ ﺑﺎرﮔﺬاري‬،‫ ﺑﺎرﮔﺬارﻳﻬﺎي ﻫﻴﺪروﻟﻴﻜﻲ‬،‫اﻧﺒﺴﺎط در اﺛﺮ ﺣﺮارت‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﭼﺮخ دﻧﺪه و ﭘﻨﻴﻴﻮن و ﻏﻴﺮه در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻫﻤﺮاﺳﺘﺎ ﺷﺪن اﺟﺰاء ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬7-1-3
‫ﺑﻮدن ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎه ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ‬
. ‫ﻧﻤﻮد‬
‫• ﻋﺪم ﻧﺎﻫﻢ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ )ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ‬
( ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬0.03
‫ ﻧﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺳﻄﺤﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ رخ ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮار‬: ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ در ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻤﺎس ﺗﺨﺖ و ﺛﺎﺑﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ‬
. ‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﺗﻜﻴﻪ ﮔﺎه ﻧﺪاﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫• ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺮﻛﻦ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي از ﺟﻨﺲ ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
. ‫ﺿﺪزﻧﮓ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
. ‫• ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﻠﺰي ﺗﺤﻤﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪة ﺑﺎر ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫• ﺧﺎرﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﻮري و ﻋﺮﺿﻲ ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﻲ و ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
. ‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ . ‫• ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎي ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺮاز ﻫﺎ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ – اﻧﻮاع ﺗﺮاز ﻧﻤﻮدﻧﻬﺎ‬4 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-4
:‫ﺗﺮاز ﻧﻤﻮدن ﻣﺤﻮر ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ اوﻟﻮﻳﺖ ذﻳﻞ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل اﺳﺖ‬
(‫( روش ﺗﺮازﻧﻤﻮدن ﻧﻮري ) ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ اﺷﻌﻪ ﻟﻴﺰر‬1
‫( روش ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﻣﻌﻜﻮس ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي‬2
‫( روش "ﺻﻔﺤﻪ و ﻗﺎب" ﺑﺎ دو ﺳﺎﻋﺖ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي‬3
‫ﻣﺤﻮري و ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻌﺎﻋﻲ‬
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
Note: Method 3) should be applied only for
those cases where the measuring diameter for the
face reading is equal to or larger than half the
DBSE (distance between shaft ends) to ensure
reliable angular shaft alignment readings . MOD
4.1.1 Both the driver and driven shafts are turned
simultaneously to take alignment readings. ADD
4.1.2 Readings shall be demonstrated to be
repeatable. Dial bracket sag shall be taken into
account and shall not be more than 0.05 mm
(which should be checked, e.g. on a lathe). ADD
35
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ روش ﺳﻮم ﺗﻨﻬﺎ در ﻣﻮاردي ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻗﻄﺮ‬:‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
‫اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﺮاي ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از ﻧﺼﻒ )ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ دو‬
.‫ﺳﺮ ﻣﺤﻮر ( ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺮاﺋﺘﻬﺎي ﺗﺮاز زاوﻳﻪ اي ﻣﺤﻮر دﻗﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
‫ ﻣﺤﻮرﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﺮك و ﻣﺘﺤﺮك ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎن ﭼﺮﺧﺶ‬1-1-4
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺮاﺋﺘﻬﺎي ﺗﺮاز اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﻗﺮاﺋﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻜﺮار ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬2-1-4
‫ﺧﻄﺎي ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از اﻓﺘﺎدﮔﻲ اﺑﺰار اﻧﺪازه ﮔﻴﺮي ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺎب آورده‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬0/5 ‫ﺷﺪه و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ (‫) ﻛﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺷﻮد ﻣﺜﻼً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﺗﺮاش‬
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬ IPS-C-PM-216 (2)

CONTENTS: PAGE :‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬

CHAPTER 8: LUBRICATION SYSTEMS ‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي رواﻧﻜﺎري‬: 8 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

SECTION 1-DEFINITIONS ................................ 37

37. ...................................................... ‫ – ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ‬1 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
1.3 EQUIPMENT USER .................................... 37
37 ................................................‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬3-1
SECTION 2-LUBRICATION SYSTEM
INSTALLATION DESIGN ........ 37
37 ....................‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ رواﻧﻜﺎري‬-2 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
SECTION 3-LUBRICATION SYSTEM
INSTALLATION ........................ 37
37 .............................. ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ رواﻧﻜﺎري‬- 3 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
3.4 MECHANICAL CLEANING OF PIPING ....... 37
37 ............................ ‫ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬4-3
3.6 FLUSHING OF OIL SYSTEMS ..................... 37
37 .............................. ‫ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي روﻏﻦ‬6-3

36
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬ IPS-C-PM-216 (2)

CHAPTER 8 : LUBRICATION SYSTEMS ‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي رواﻧﻜﺎري‬: 8 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

SECTION 1-DEFINITIONS ‫ – ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ‬1 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬

1.3 EQUIPMENT USER ‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬3-1

The equipment user shall mean ‘Company’. MOD (‫ )اﺻﻼح‬.‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ اﻃﻼق ﮔﺮدد‬

SECTION 2-LUBRICATION SYSTEM ‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ رواﻧﻜﺎري‬-2 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬

INSTALLATION DESIGN

2.1 SCOPE ‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-2

2.1.1 Requirements of IPS-M-PM-320 (1) shall be ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ‬IPS-M-PM-320 (1) ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬1-1-2
met MOD (‫)اﺻﻼح‬ .‫ﺷﻮد‬
SECTION 3-LUBRICATION SYSTEM ‫ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ رواﻧﻜﺎري‬-3 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
INSTALLATION

3.4 MECHANICAL CLEANING OF PIPING ‫ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬4-3

3.4.1 Requirements of IPS-C-PI-410 (0) shall be ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ‬IPS-C-PI-410(0) ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬1-4-3

met. MOD (‫)اﺻﻼح‬ .‫ﺷﻮد‬
3.6 Flushing of Oil Systems ‫ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي روﻏﻦ‬6-3

3.6.11 After the lubrication system has been
properly flushed, drain the flushing oil. Oil tanks
shall be cleaned and inspected after the flushing
procedure. Replace filter elements and clean the
filters. Remove all the special precautions
installed for the system flushing. ADD
APPENDIX B
‫ ﭘﺲ از اﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ رواﻧﻜﺎري ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺑﻪ‬11-6-3
‫ روﻏﻦ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد ﻣﺨﺎزن روﻏﻦ‬.‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن اﻓﺘﺎد‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﺪه و ﭘﺲ از ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن اﻓﺘﺎدن ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﺟﺰاي ﻧﺼﺐ‬.‫اﺟﺰاي ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ و ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻮاﻧﺐ اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن اﻧﺪازي روﻏﻦ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ب‬

3.6 Flushing of Oil Systems ‫ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي روﻏﻦ‬6-3

3.6.10 Verify whether the lubrication system has ‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ آﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ رواﻧﻜﺎري ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬10-6-3
been properly flushed and is clean. During ‫ در ﻃﻮل ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬.‫ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺷﺪه و ﺗﻤﻴﺰ اﺳﺖ‬
flushing the bearings shall be bypassed. ADD
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻗﺮار ﻧﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬

37
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬ IPS-C-PM-216 (2)

PAGE :‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬

CONTENTS:

CHAPTER 9: COMMISSIONING ‫ راه اﻧﺪازي‬: 9 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬

SECTION 1-DEFINITIONS .............................. 40
40 .................................................. ‫ – ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ‬1 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
1.3 EQUIPMENT USER .................................... 40
40 ................................................ ‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬3-1
SECTION 2-MACHINERY
COMMISSIONING .............................................. 40
40 ...................... ‫ – راه اﻧﺪازي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت دوار‬2 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
2.1 SCOPE ......................................................... 40
40 .................................................... ‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-2
2.2 PURPOSE .................................................... 40
40 ............................................................. ‫ ﻫﺪف‬2-2
SECTION 3-COMMISSIONING DESIGN ........ 40
40 ................................... ‫ – ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ راه اﻧﺪازي‬3 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
3.2 STRAINERS ................................................ 40
40 ...........................................................‫ ﺻﺎﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬2-3
SECTION 4-FIELD COMMISSIONING ........... 40
40 ..................................... ‫ – راه اﻧﺪازي ﺳﺎﻳﺖ‬4 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
4.3 VERIFICATION OF REQUIREMENTS..... 41
41 ................................................ ‫ ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬3-4
4.4 BEARING PREPARATION ........................ 41
41 ......................................... ‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬4-4
4.9 STRAINERS ................................................ 41
41 ............................................................ ‫ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ‬9-4
SECTION 5-COMPRESSORS ............................ 41
41 ............................................. ‫ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎ‬-5 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
5.2 COMMISSIONING OF COMPRESSORS .. 41
41 ............................... ‫ راه اﻧﺪازي اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎ‬2-5
5.3 START-UP CENTRIFUGAL
COMPRESSORS ........................................... 42
42 ............... ‫ ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬3-5
5.4 START-UP POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT
COMPRESSORS ......................................... 42
42 ............ ‫ ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ‬4-5
SECTION 6-PUMPS ADD ....................... 43
43 ................................... (‫ – ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎ )اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬6 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
6.1 SCOPE……. ..................................................... 43
43 .................................................. ..‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-6
6.2 COMMISSIONING OF PUMPS ................... 43
43 ....................................‫ راه اﻧﺪازي اوﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎ‬2-6
6.3 START-UP CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS .......... 44
44 ..................... ‫ ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻜﺎر ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬3-6
6.4 START-UP RECIPROCATING PUMPS ... 45

38
 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009/ 1388‬‬ ‫)‪IPS-C-PM-216 (2‬‬

‫‪ 4-6‬ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎي رﻓﺖ و ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ ‪45 ...............‬‬

‫‪6.5 START-UP ROTARY POSITIVE-‬‬
‫‪DISPLACEMENT PUMPS .................................. 47‬‬
‫‪ 5-6‬ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻜﺎر ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ دوار ‪47 ..........‬‬
‫‪SECTION 7—TURBINES‬‬ ‫‪ADD ................. 49‬‬
‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ‪ – 7‬ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ )اﺿﺎﻓﻪ( ‪49 .....................................‬‬
‫‪7.1 SCOPE……. ..................................................... 49‬‬
‫‪ 1-7‬داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‪49 .................................................. ..‬‬
‫‪7.2 COMMISSIONING OF STEAM‬‬
‫‪TURBINES ........................................................ 49‬‬
‫‪ 2-7‬ﭘﻴﺶ راه اﻧﺪازي ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر ‪49 ..........................‬‬
‫‪7.3 START-UP OF STEAM TURBINES ............ 51‬‬
‫‪ 3-7‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر اﻧﺪازي ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر ‪51 .............................‬‬
‫‪7.4 COMMISSIONING OF GAS TURBINES ... 52‬‬
‫‪ 4-7‬ﭘﻴﺶ راه اﻧﺪازي ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﮔﺎزي ‪52 .........................‬‬
‫‪7.5 START-UP OF GAS TURBINES .................. 53‬‬
‫‪ 5-7‬ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر اﻧﺪازي ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﮔﺎزي ‪53 ............................‬‬

‫‪39‬‬
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
CHAPTER 9: COMMISSIONING
SECTION 1-DEFINITIONS
1.3 EQUIPMENT USER
The equipment user shall mean ‘Company’. MOD
SECTION 2-MACHINERY
COMMISSIONING
2.1 SCOPE
This Recommended Practice is intended to
provide guidelines for the design and installation
practices that affect the commissioning of general
purpose equipment, and to provide guidelines for
the commissioning (e.g. during new construction
projects and existing equipment following
maintenance or plant modifications). Unless
otherwise specified by the user, instructions
supplied by the machinery vendor should be
included. MOD
2.2 PURPOSE
General purpose equipment are those defined in
chapter 1 of API 686. MOD
SECTION 3-COMMISSIONING DESIGN
3.2 STRAINERS
Requirements of IPS-G-PI-230 (0) shall be met.
MOD
SECTION 4-FIELD COMMISSIONING
4.2.6 Verify the foundation bolts to make sure that
they are straight and vertical and securely
tightened. Shims should be located on either side
of each foundation bolt and made in one piece.
Layers of thin plates shall not be used. ADD
4.2.7 Verify that the insulation and fireproofing
have been applied in accordance with the
specification and that precautions have been taken
to prevent the ingress of water. ADD
4.2.8 Verify and inspect any alterations made
during plant construction and erection for
compliance with the design specification, and
record any deviations. ADD
4.2.9 Verify that the nozzle facings, flanges,
40
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ راه اﻧﺪازي‬: 9 ‫ﻓﺼﻞ‬
‫ – ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ‬1 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬3-1
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬ .‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ اﻃﻼق ﺷﻮد‬
‫ – راه اﻧﺪازي ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ آﻻت دوار‬2 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-2
‫اﻳﻦ روﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺗﻬﻴﻪ راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻪ در‬
‫راه اﻧﺪازي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮره درﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮ روش‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﻲ را ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻨﻤﻮده ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﻲ رود و راه اﻧﺪازي ) در‬
‫ﭘﺮوژه ﻫﺎي ﺟﺪﻳﺪ و ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻣﻮﺟﻮد ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات ﻳﺎ رﻓﻊ‬
‫اﻳﺮاد در ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ ( دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬ .‫آﻻت ﻣﻮارد ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻫﺪف‬2-2
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮره ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻓﺼﻞ اول اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬ .‫ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪه اﻃﻼق ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬API 686
‫ – ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ راه اﻧﺪازي‬3 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ ﺻﺎﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬2-3
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬IPS-G-PI-230(0)‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
‫ – راه اﻧﺪازي ﺳﺎﻳﺖ‬4 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺼﻮل اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از‬6-2-4
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ و ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﻮدن و ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﻲ ﻣﺤﻜﻢ ﺷﺪن آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬
‫ ﻻﻳﻲ ﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻳﻚ ﻃﺮف ﭘﻴﭻ ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﻗﺮار‬. ‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ از ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻦ ﻻﻳﻪ ﻫﺎي ورﻗﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻧﺎزك ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي‬.‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﮔﺬارﻳﻬﺎ و ﻧﺴﻮز ﻫﺎي ﺿﺪآﺗﺶ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬7-2-4
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﺪه و ﺟﻮاﻧﺐ اﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ورود آب‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﻃﻮل ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و‬4-2-8
‫( ﺑﻮﺟﻮد آﻣﺪه و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل اﻳﻨﻜﻪ آﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت‬3) ‫ﻧﺼﺐ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ ‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ وﺛﺒﺖ ﻫﺮ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﻧﺤﺮاف از آﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ و ﺑﺴﺘﻦ‬، ‫ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ‬، ‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺳﻄﻮح ﻧﺎزل‬9-2-4
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
flange finish, gaskets and stud bolts are in
accordance with specified requirements and the
alignment of flanges on process connections is
correct. ADD
4.2.10 A general inspection is required to check
personnel hazards (e.g. tripping and headroom)
associated with the accessibility of operating
equipment. Hazards shall be removed or
permanently marked and additional access
provided as needed. ADD
4.2.11 Verify that the proper mesh size is installed
in the suction line strainer/filter of the equipment
and that the strainer is fitted correctly. During the
initial start-up, commissioning and initial
operating phase the strainer shall be covered with
a fine mesh gauze. The fine mesh gauze may be
removed after the initial operating phase if fouling
is within limits. This shall be determined by
means of a suitable differential pressure method.
ADD
4.3 Verification of Requirements
4.3.3 Verify whether special (maintenance) tools
and instruction manuals have been supplied. ADD
4.3.4 Verify that the nameplate is properly
attached to the equipment in accordance with the
specification. ADD
4.4 BEARING PREPARATION
Requirements of IPS-M-GN-140 (1) shall be met.
MOD
4.4.6 Verify the oil pressures and temperatures of
all bearings are within manufacturing tolerances.
ADD
4.9 STRAINERS
Requirements of IPS-G-PI-230 (0) shall be met.
MOD
SECTION 5-COMPRESSORS
5.2 COMMISSIONING OF COMPRESSORS
5.2.8 Stop it immediately if abnormalities are
observed. MOD
5.2.10 Sometimes a compressor is used to run on
air. The molecular weight and the K value of air
may differ from those of the process gas in the
41
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ درز ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ و ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﻣﻴﺨﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت ﻻزم‬،‫ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫و ﺗﺮاز ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ در اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮات ﻣﺘﻮﺟﻪ‬10-2-4
‫ﭘﺮﺳﻨﻞ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ اﻣﻜﺎن ﻟﻐﺰش و ﻣﻴﺰان ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه‬
‫ﻣﺨﺎﻃﺮات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬، ‫دردﺳﺘﺮس ﺑﻮدن ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات در ﺣﺎل ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬
‫رﻓﻊ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر داﺋﻤﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬاري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ و دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﻫﺎي‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ . ‫اﺿﺎﻓﻲ در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻜﺶ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات از ﻧﻈﺮ‬11-2-4
‫ و ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬.‫ﺗﻨﺎﺳﺐ اﻧﺪازه ﺗﻮري و ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ راه اﻧﺪازي و ﻓﺎز اوﻟﻴﻪ‬،‫ در ﻃﻮل ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻜﺎر اوﻟﻴﻪ‬.‫ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺻﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺗﻮري ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮري رﻳﺰ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪه ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺗﻮر ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮري رﻳﺰ را ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮان ﭘﺲ از ﻓﺎز اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت و در‬
‫ ﺑﺮداﺷﺖ اﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪﺑﻪ‬،‫ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ رﺳﻮﺑﺎت ﻣﺤﺪود ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫وﺳﻴﻠﻪ روش ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮا اﺳﺖ اﻧﺠﺎم‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬3-4
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ آﻳﺎ اﺑﺰار )ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮات( ﺧﺎص و‬3-3-4
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ ‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻬﺎي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ارﺳﺎل ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﭘﻼك ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬4-3-4
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬4-4
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬IPS-M-GN-140(1) ‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ آﻳﺎ ﻓﺸﺎر و دﻣﺎي روﻏﻦ در ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬6-4-4
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫در ﻣﺤﺪودة ﻣﻮرد ﺗﺎﺋﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺻﺎﻓﻲ‬9-4
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-G-PI-230 (0) ‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
‫ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎ‬-5 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ راه اﻧﺪازي اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎ‬2-5
‫ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻓﻮري دﺳﺘﮕﺎه در ﺻﻮرت ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬8-2-5
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬ ‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎدي‬
،‫ در ﻣﻮاﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮا راه اﻧﺪازي ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬10-2-5
‫ ﻫﻮا ﺑﺎ ﮔﺎز ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ‬K ‫ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ وزن ﻣﻮﻟﻜﻮﻟﻲ و ﻣﻴﺰان‬
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
compressor. It is advisable to contact the
Manufacturer if such operation is foreseen or
required, as the compressor may have to be
operated at reduced speed and pressure; for
example, seals may have to be modified
temporarily to prevent equipment damage. ADD
5.3 Start-up Centrifugal Compressors
Requirements of IPS-M-PM-170 (1) shall be met.
5.3.4 Verify and record vibration levels and
leakage regularly, particularly after a change in
operating conditions, and confirm they are within
specified limits. ADD
5.3.5 When satisfactory operation is obtained and
all outstanding matters have been dealt with, the
unit is ready for performance test. ADD
5.4 Start-up Positive Displacement
Compressors
Requirements of IPS-M-PM-200 (1) and IPS-M-
PM-220 (1) shall be met as applicable.
5.4.9 Verify and line-up of lube-oil and cooling
water system that they are in accordance with flow
diagram. ADD
5.4.10 Verify that the lube-oil and cooling water
system have been properly flushed and are clean.
ADD
5.4.11 Verify that the piston travel clearances at
both sides of each cylinder and piston/piston rod
run-out are within manufacturer tolerances. ADD
5.4.12 Verify that whether the safety devices are
properly installed and in accordance with the data
sheets and flow diagram. ADD
5.4.13 Verify that the safety/relief valve is
installed and check set pressure. ADD
5.4.14 if an intermediate bearing is installed,
verify that the bearing housing contains oil or
grease, and check for correct oil level. ADD
42
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد در اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮارد از ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬،‫ﻣﺘﻔﺎوت اﺳﺖ‬
‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻻزم در ارﺗﺒﺎط ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ اﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ و ﻓﺸﺎر‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﻣﺜﺎل ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬.‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮردرﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻟﺰوﻣﺎً ﺑﻪ اﺻﻼﺣﺎت ﻣﻮﻗﺖ در ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺑﺮوز‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮر ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬3-5
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﮔﺮدد‬IPS-M-PM-170(1) ‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و ﺛﺒﺖ ﺳﻄﻮح ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﺎت و ﻣﻴﺰان ﻧﺸﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ‬4-3-5
، ‫و ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ در ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻫﺎي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬، ‫ﻃﻮر ﻣﻨﻈﻢ‬
.‫ﺧﺼﻮﺻﺎً ﭘﺲ از ﻫﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮي ﻛﻪ در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﻮد‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ و ﻣﻮارد ﻣﻄﺮوﺣﻪ‬5-3-5
‫ واﺣﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ اﻧﺠﺎم آزﻣﻮن ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد آﻣﺎده‬، ‫ﻣﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳﻮرﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ‬4-5
IPS- ‫ و‬IPS-M-PM-200(1) ‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت آﻣﺪه در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
. ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮد‬M-PM-220(1)
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و ﻣﺴﻴﺮﺧﻮاﻧﻲ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ روﻏﻦ رواﻧﻜﺎري و آب‬9-4-5
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﺔ رواﻧﻜﺎري و آب ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻟﺤﺎظ‬10-4-5
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﺗﻜﺎﻓﻮي ﭘﺎﻛﻴﺰﮔﻲ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻟﻘﻲ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن در دو ﻃﺮف ﻫﺮ ﺳﻴﻠﻨﺪر‬11-4-5
‫و ﻧﻴﺰ اﻧﺤﺮاف ﻣﺤﻮري ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن و ﻳﺎ ﻣﻴﻞ ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن در ﻣﺤﺪودة‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻣﻄﻠﻮب و ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬12-4-5
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﺑﺎ داده ﺑﺮﮔﻬﺎ و ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و ﻳﺎ‬13-4-5
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ .‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ روﻏﻦ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ در ﻣﺤﻔﻈﺔ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎن وﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬14-4-5
(‫ )اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬.‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﺼﺐ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎن ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ‬، ‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ روﻏﻦ‬
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬ IPS-C-PM-216 (2)

SECTION 6-PUMPS ADD (‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ ‫ – ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎ‬6 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬

6.1 SCOPE ‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-6

a. Section 7.2 covers activities common to
most pumps.
b. Section 7.3 covers activities common to
centrifugal pumps.
c. Section 7.4 covers activities common to
reciprocating pumps.
d. Section 7.5 covers activities common to
rotary positive-displacement pumps.
6.2 Commissioning of Pumps
This section contains guidelines for
commissioning of pumps.
6.2.1 A vendor service representative may be
required on-site to support the commissioning and
to protect the warranty.
6.2.2 Obtain the completed checklists to verify
installation and cleanout is completed.
6.2.3 Verify all instrumentation has
calibrated and functionally tested.
6.2.4 Verify all control loops have been
functionally tested and all control valves work
properly.
‫ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ اﻏﻠﺐ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ‬2-7 ‫اﻟﻒ – ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
.‫ﻫﺎ را ﻧﻴﺰ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي‬3-7 ‫ب – ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
. ‫ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ را ﻧﻴﺰ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي رﻓﺖ‬4-7 ‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬-‫ج‬
.‫و ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺖ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي دوار‬5-7 ‫د – ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
. ‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
‫ راه اﻧﺪازي اوﻟﻴﺔ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎ‬2-6
the ‫اﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺑﺮاي راه اﻧﺪازي اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎ راﻫﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ اراﻳﻪ‬
.‫ﻣﻲدﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﺧﺪﻣﺎت ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ در‬1-2-6
‫ﻣﺮاﺣﻞ راه اﻧﺪازي اوﻟﻴﻪ و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ‬
. ‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻛﺎر اﺣﻀﺎر ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺟﻬﺖ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺷﺪن‬2-2-6
.‫ﻧﺼﺐ و ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
been ‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد و ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮه ﺑﻮدن ﻛﻠﻴﺔ‬3-2-6
.‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات اﺑﺰاردﻗﻴﻖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺪارﻫﺎي‬4-2-6
.‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﻲ و ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬

6.2.5 Verify that all alarm and trip systems have
been functionally tested.
6.2.6 Verify that plant operating instructions have
been clearly understood and that all valves,
controllers, and switches are in their proper
positions.
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي اﻋﻼم‬5-2-6
.‫ﺧﻄﺮ و ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﻨﻨﺪة دﺳﺘﮕﺎه‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ درك ﺻﺤﻴﺢ دﺳﺘﻮر اﻟﻌﻤﻬﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ‬6-2-6
‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ و‬، ‫ﻛﺎرﺧﺎﻧﻪ و ﻧﻴﺰ وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ‬
.‫ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎ‬

6.2.7 Verify Following Items on Lubrication: :‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ در رواﻧﻜﺎري‬7-2-6

a. Proper functioning of the lubrication system. ‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ رواﻧﻜﺎري‬-‫اﻟﻒ‬

b. Correct position and level of the constant- ‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ و ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ در ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺳﻄﺢ‬-‫ب‬
level oiler. ‫روﻏﻦ‬
c. Bearing housing contains oil up to the correct ‫ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎن ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺻﺤﻴﺢ روﻏﻦ ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ داﺷﺘﻪ‬-‫ج‬
level or is properly greased.
. ‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

43
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
6.2.8 Verify Following Items on Sealing:
a. Soft packing rings in the stuffing box are
of correct material and the packing and
gland are properly installed.
b. Location and connections of the lantern
ring are correct and proper seal liquid is
used, if applicable.
6.3 Start-Up Centrifugal Pumps
6.3.1 Requirements of IPS-M-PM-105 (1), IPS-M-
PM-115 (0), and IPS-M-PM-125 (0) shall be met
as applicable.
6.3.2 Verify that the type of mechanical seal and
its material are in accordance with specification.
6.3.3 Verify whether the seal piping arrangement
is correctly installed in accordance with the
specified API plan.
6.3.4 Prior to initial run:

Check the free axial movement of the gear
coupling spacer, if applicable.

Check the free movement of pump
rotor/electric motor.
6.3.5 for initial run on water or flushing liquid
(if applicable) following items should be
considered:
a. Where necessary, supply cooling water,
start the luboil unit and seal liquid supply.
b. Check N2 partial pressure in accumulators
if applicable.
c. Open the suction valve and vent the pump
casing and seal chamber.
d. Start the pump with the discharge valve
cracked open and check the shut-off head.
Open the discharge valve gradually and
check the power consumption (ammeter)
at the same time.
e. Check the mechanical performance of the
pump on the duty point, e.g. bearing
temperature, vibration levels.
44
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
: ‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ در ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ‬8-2-6
‫ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻫﺎي ارﺗﺠﺎﻋﻲ در ﻣﺤﻔﻈﺔ آب ﺑﻨﺪي از ﺟﻨﺲ‬.‫اﻟﻒ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻮده و ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ درﺳﺘﻲ‬، ‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﻴﺮي ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﻓﺎﻧﻮﺳﻲ‬.‫ب‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت آن و ﻧﻴﺰ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪي‬
. ‫ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
‫ ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻜﺎر ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎي ﮔﺮﻳﺰ از ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬3-6
‫ و‬IPS-M-PM-105 (1) ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬1-3-6
‫ در ﺻﻮرت‬IPS-M-PM-125(0) ‫ و‬IPS-M-PM-115 (0)
. ‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻧﻮع ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ و ﺟﻨﺲ آن ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬2-3-6
. ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ و ﻧﺤﻮه ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ‬3-3-6
.API ‫ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻃﺮح ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه در‬، ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ‬
: ‫ ﭘﻴﺶ از راه اﻧﺪازي اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬4-3-6
‫ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آزاد ﻣﺤﻮري ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ اﻧﺪاز‬, ‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-
. ‫ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ دﻧﺪاﻧﻪ اي ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آزاد ﻣﺤﻮرﭼﺮﺧﻨﺪه ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ و ﻣﻮﺗﻮر اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬-
.‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ در ﺟﺮﻳﺎن اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻦ آب ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬5-3-6
.‫)درﺻﻮرت ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد( ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ‬،‫ آب ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ در ﻣﻮارد ﻟﺰوم‬-‫اﻟﻒ‬
‫روﻏﻦ رواﻧﻜﺎري ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻜﺎر ﻛﻨﺪ و ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪي‬
.‫ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺟﺰﻳﻲ ﻧﻴﺘﺮوژن در اﻧﺒﺎره ﻫﺎ‬،‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-‫ب‬
.‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ و ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻧﺸﺖ‬،‫ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺶ را ﺑﺎز ﻧﻤﻮده‬-‫ج‬
.‫ﺑﻨﺪي را ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ را در ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺑﺎز اﺳﺖ روﺷﻦ‬-‫د‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮده و ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﻓﺸﺎري در دﺑﻲ ﺻﻔﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل‬
‫ﺷﻮد ﺳﭙﺲ ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ را ﺑﻪ آراﻣﻲ ﺑﺎز ﻧﻤﻮده و ﻣﻴﺰان‬
.‫ﺗﻮان ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ )آﻣﭙﺮﻣﺘﺮ( ﺑﻄﻮر ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎن ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ در ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮد‬-‫ه‬
( ‫)ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﺜﺎل دﻣﺎي ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎ و ﺳﻄﺢ ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﺎت‬
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
6.3.6 Following items should be considered as
the final stage of start-up:
a. If a bypass or equalizing line is installed
for warming-up purposes, open the valve
in this line and warm up the pump for a
sufficient length of time.
b. Start the pump as for water.
c. Check and record vibration. If vibrations
are excessive make a hot check of the
coupling alignment, if necessary.
d. Check whether noise levels exceed the
specified limits.
Notes:
1. Ensure that vacuum pumps are not started
when full of liquid.
2. For high speed pumps, follow the start-up
procedure of the Manufacturer.
3. Multi-stage pumps with balancing disc
should always operate at the specified
differential head and design process
conditions. Low discharge heads could
destroy the balancing disks.
6.4 Start-up Reciprocating Pumps
6.4.1 Requirements of IPS-M-PM-130 (1) shall be
met as applicable.
6.4.2 If forced-feed lubrication is applied, check
the line-up of the luboil system.
6.4.3 Check that the crankcase contains oil up
to the correct level.
6.4.4 If a bladder type pulsation dampener is
installed, check that the nitrogen precharge
pressure is as specified.
6.4.5 Check whether a safety/relief valve is
installed and check the set pressure.
6.4.6 Prior to initial run:
a. Check the free axial movement of the gear
45
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ﺷﺮوع‬ ‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ در ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬6-3-6
.‫ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬‫ﺑﻜﺎر ﻣﺪ‬
‫ درﺻﻮرت اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻳﺎ اﻧﺸﻌﺎب ﻣﺘﻌﺎدل‬-‫اﻟﻒ‬
‫ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻳﻦ اﻧﺸﻌﺎب را‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﮔﺮم ﻧﻤﻮدن ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ‬، ‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ ﺑﺎز‬، ‫ت زﻣﺎن ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺪاري‬‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺪ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻪ دارﻳﺪ‬
‫ روﺷﻦ‬،‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي آب اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﺪ‬،‫ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ‬-‫ب‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ‬.‫ ﻣﻴﺰان ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﺎت ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ و ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﻮد‬-‫ج‬
‫ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﺎت ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ؛ در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم ﻫﻢ‬
.‫ﻣﺤﻮري در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﮔﺮم ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺻﺪاي ﺑﻴﺶ از ﻣﺤﺪودة ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪه‬-‫د‬
:‫ﻳﺎدآوري ﻫﺎ‬
،‫ ﺣﺼﻮل اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از ﭘﺮ ﻧﺒﻮدن ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺧﻼء از ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬-1
.‫ﻗﺒﻞ از راه اﻧﺪازي‬
‫ از‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻜﺎر ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ‬-2
.‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﭘﻴﺮوي ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻨﺪ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪاي ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺗﻌﺎدﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬-3
‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ در اﺧﺘﻼف ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺷﺪه و وﺿﻌﻴﺖ‬
‫ در ﻣﻮاردي ﻛﻪ ارﺗﻔﺎع‬.‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺪه ﻛﺎر ﻛﻨﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻣﻜﺎن آﺳﻴﺐ‬،‫دﻫﺶ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﻣﻴﺰان ﻣﻌﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﺗﻌﺎدﻟﻲ وﺟﻮد دارد‬
‫ ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪﻫﺎي رﻓﺖ و ﺑﺮﮔﺸﺘﻲ‬4-6
‫ در ﺻﻮرت‬IPS-M-PM-130(1) ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬1-4-6
. ‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ از رواﻧﻜﺎري ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬2-4-6
.‫ ﻣﺴﻴﺮﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﺔ رواﻧﻜﺎري ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮد‬.‫ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺳﻄﺢ روﻏﻦ در ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﻴﻞ ﻟﻨﮓ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار‬3-4-6
.‫ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺿﺮﺑﺎن ﮔﻴﺮ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ اي ﮔﺎزي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه‬4-4-6
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻓﺸﺎر اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻧﻴﺘﺮوژن و ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ آن ﺑﺎ ﻣﻴﺰان ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬
. ‫ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ و ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ و ﻳﺎ‬5-4-6
.‫ﺷﻴﺮ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬
: ‫ ﭘﻴﺶ از راه اﻧﺪازي اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬6-4-6
‫ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آزاد ﻣﺤﻮري ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ‬،‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-‫اﻟﻒ‬
 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009/ 1388‬‬
‫‪coupling spacer, if applicable.‬‬
‫‪b. Check free movement‬‬ ‫‪of‬‬
‫‪rotor/electric motor.‬‬
‫‪c. Check the suction and discharge valve‬‬
‫‪assembly and valve housings for‬‬
‫‪cleanliness and check whether the valves‬‬
‫‪are correctly assembled.‬‬
‫‪d. If the pump is driven by means of V-belts,‬‬
‫‪check the tension of these belts and check‬‬
‫‪pulley alignment.‬‬
‫‪e. If the pump is steam-driven, check that‬‬
‫‪the steam supply and exhaust lines have‬‬
‫‪been connected to the equipment so that‬‬
‫‪strain-free operation is assured. Check‬‬
‫‪flange bolts, gaskets and pipe supports.‬‬
‫‪f.‬‬ ‫‪Check the valve gear and re-adjust where‬‬
‫‪necessary.‬‬
‫‪6.4.7‬‬ ‫‪Initial run (on product or flushing liquid):‬‬
‫‪a. Check‬‬ ‫‪any‬‬ ‫‪specific‬‬ ‫‪Manufacturer‬‬
‫‪instructions. If stroke adjusting devices‬‬
‫‪are installed the Manufacturer's handling‬‬
‫‪instructions shall be followed. (In‬‬
‫‪principle the start-up should be at a‬‬
‫‪minimum capacity).‬‬
‫‪b. Supply the specified utilities, e.g. steam,‬‬
‫‪cooling water.‬‬
‫‪c. Supply, if applicable, steam to heating‬‬
‫‪jackets.‬‬
‫‪d. Start the luboil unit and seal liquid supply.‬‬
‫‪e. Open the suction and discharge valves.‬‬
‫‪f.‬‬ ‫‪Start the pump.‬‬
‫‪g. Check the mechanical performance of the‬‬
‫‪pump and its lubrication.‬‬
‫‪6.4.8‬‬ ‫‪Following items on checking and‬‬
‫‪recording pump vibration should be‬‬
‫‪considered:‬‬
‫)‪IPS-C-PM-216 (2‬‬
‫دﻧﺪاﻧﻪ اي ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ‪.‬‬
‫‪pump‬‬ ‫ب‪ -‬ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آزاد ﻣﺤﻮر ﭼﺮﺧﻨﺪة ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ و ﻣﻮﺗﻮر اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ج‪ -‬وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ ﻣﻜﺶ و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ را‬
‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻛﺮده و ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﻮدن ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ را ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬از ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮي ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن‬
‫ﭘﻴﺪا ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫د‪ -‬درﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﺗﻮان ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ از ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺗﺴﻤﺔ ‪V‬‬
‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮد‪ ،‬ﻣﻴﺰان ﻛﺸﺶ و ﻫﻢ ﻣﺤﻮري ﻗﺮﻗﺮه‬
‫ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮد ‪.‬‬
‫ه‪ -‬در ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻴﺮوي ﻣﺤﺮﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﺎر ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮد و از ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد‬
‫ﺑﺪون ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﻓﻠﻨﺞ‪ ،‬درز ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ و ﺗﻜﻴﻪﮔﺎه ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫و‪ -‬ﭼﺮخ دﻧﺪة ﺷﻴﺮ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و در ﺻﻮرت‬
‫ﻟﺰوم ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﺠﺪ‪‬د ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫‪ 7-4-6‬راه اﻧﺪازي اوﻟﻴﻪ ) ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺎل اﺻﻠﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه( ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ -‬دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
‫ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ داﻣﻨﺔ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﭘﻴﺴﺘﻮن ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎي ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻜﺎرﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‪).‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻮد ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻜﺎر ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ اﻧﺠﺎم ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‪(.‬‬
‫ب‪ -‬ﻣﻮارد ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺨﺎر‪ ,‬آب ﺧﻨﻚ‬
‫ﻛﻨﻨﺪه را ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ج‪ -‬در ﺻﻮرت ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺎر ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺮاي ﭘﻮﺷﺸﻬﺎي‬
‫ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ را ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫د‪ -‬ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﺔ رواﻧﻜﺎري را راه اﻧﺪازي و ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪي را‬
‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ه‪ -‬ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺶ و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎز ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫و‪ -‬ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ را روﺷﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ز‪ -‬ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ و رواﻧﻜﺎري آن را ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ‬
‫ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 8-4-6‬ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ در ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و ﺛﺒﺖ ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﺎت ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ در‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪46‬‬
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
a. Check whether noise exceeds specified
limits.
b. Check and record the mechanical
performance of the pump at the duty
point, e.g. bearing temperature, vibration
levels.
6.4.9 Following items should be considered as the
final stage of start-up:
a. If a bypass or equalizing line is installed
for warming-up purposes, open the valve
in this line and warm-up the pump for a
sufficient length of time.
b. Start the pump.
c. Check and record vibration. In case of
excessive vibrations make a hot check of
the coupling alignment, if necessary.
d. Check whether noise exceeds specified
limits.
6.5 Start-Up Rotary Positive-Displacement
Pumps
6.5.1 Requirements of IPS-M-PM-140 (1) shall be
met as applicable.
6.5.2 Verify that the type of mechanical seal
and its material are in accordance with
specification.
6.5.3 Verify whether the seal piping
arrangement is correctly installed in accordance
with the specified API plan.
6.5.4 Check whether a safety/relief valve is
installed and check the set pressure.
6.5.5 Following items should be considered prior
to initial run:
a. Check the suction line and filters for
absolute cleanliness.
b. Check the free axial movement of the gear
coupling spacer, if applicable.
c. Check the free movement of pump
rotor/electric motor.
47
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺻﺪا از ﺣﺪود ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬-‫اﻟﻒ‬
.‫ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ در ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬-‫ب‬
.‫دﻣﺎي ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎن و ﺳﻄﺢ ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﺎت( ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ و ﺛﺒﺖ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ در آﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ﺷﺮوع‬9-4-6
: ‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ درﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ از ﻣﺴﻴﺮ ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻳﺎ اﻧﺸﻌﺎب ﻣﺘﻌﺎدل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬-‫اﻟﻒ‬
‫ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻳﻦ‬،‫ ﭘﻴﺶ از راه اﻧﺪازي ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ‬،‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫اﻧﺸﻌﺎب را ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮاي رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺪاري‬
.‫ﺑﺎز ﻧﮕﻪ دارﻳﺪ‬
.‫ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ روش ﺷﻮد‬-‫ب‬
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻣﻴﺰان ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﺎت‬.‫ ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﺎت ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ و ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﻮد‬-‫ج‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم ﻫﻢ ﻣﺤﻮري در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬،‫ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
. ‫ﮔﺮم ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺻﺪا از ﺣﺪود ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬-‫د‬
.‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻜﺎر ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ دوار‬5-6
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در‬IPS-M-PM-140(1) ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬1-5-6
.‫ﺻﻮرت ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮع ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ و ﺟﻨﺲ آن‬2-5-6
.‫ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻧﺤﻮه ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﻧﺸﺖ‬3-5-6
. ‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬API ‫ﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﻲ و ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻃﺮح‬
‫ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه‬/ ‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ‬4-5-6
.‫اﺳﺖ و ﻓﺸﺎر ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه آن ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﺶ از راه اﻧﺪازي اوﻟﻴﻪ‬5-5-6
: ‫ﻣﺪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻣﻜﺶ و ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺣﺼﻮل اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن از‬-‫اﻟﻒ‬
. ‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰي ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آزاد و ﻣﺤﻮري ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ اﻧﺪاز‬،‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬-‫ب‬
.‫ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ دﻧﺪه اي ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ آزاد ﻣﺤﻮر ﭼﺮﺧﻨﺪه ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ و ﻣﻮﺗﻮر اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ‬-‫ج‬
.‫ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ ‪Jul. 2009/ 1388‬‬
‫‪d. Check shaft coupling, bolting and bolt-‬‬
‫‪securing devices.‬‬
‫‪6.5.6 Following items should be considered‬‬
‫‪prior to initial run on flushing liquid or product:‬‬
‫‪a. Supply the required utilities.‬‬
‫‪b. Start the oil lubrication‬‬ ‫‪and‬‬ ‫‪seal‬‬
‫‪flush/quench system.‬‬
‫‪c. Start the pump with the suction and‬‬
‫‪discharge valves open.‬‬
‫‪d. Check the mechanical performance of the‬‬
‫‪pump and watch bearing temperature.‬‬
‫‪e. Check and record vibration.‬‬
‫‪f.‬‬ ‫‪Make a hot check of the coupling‬‬
‫‪alignment, if necessary.‬‬
‫‪g. Check whether noise exceeds specified‬‬
‫‪limits.‬‬
‫‪48‬‬
‫)‪IPS-C-PM-216 (2‬‬
‫د‪ -‬ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﭻ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ و وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻦ ﺳﺎزي‬
‫ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ 6-5-6‬ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﺶ از ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺎل اﺻﻠﻲ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪:‬‬
‫اﻟﻒ‪ -‬ﻣﻮارد ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ب‪ -‬ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ رواﻧﻜﺎري ﺑﺎ روﻏﻦ و ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪي‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ )ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ‪ /‬ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‪ /‬ﻛﻮﺋﻨﭻ(‬
‫ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫ج‪ -‬ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺶ و ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎز روﺷﻦ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫د‪ -‬ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﺪه و دﻣﺎي ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ‪.‬‬
‫ه‪ -‬ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﺎت ﺛﺒﺖ و ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮد‪.‬‬
‫و‪ -‬در ﺻﻮرت ﻟﺰوم‪ ،‬ﻫﻢ ﻣﺤﻮري ﮔﺮم در ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ ﻣﻮرد‬
‫ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‪.‬‬
‫ز‪ -‬ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺻﺪا از ﺣﺪود ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
SECTION 7-TURBINES ADD
7.1 SCOPE
a. Section 8.2 covers activities common to
steam turbines.
b. Section 8.3 covers activities common to gas
turbines.
7.1.1 Since construction details and auxiliary
equipment can vary widely from Manufacturer to
Manufacturer, it is important to consult the
Manufacturer's instruction manual for any
additional checking not mentioned below.
Requirements of IPS-M-PM-240 (1) and IPS-M-
PM-260 (1) shall be met as applicable.
7.2 Commissioning of Steam Turbines
7.2.1 Check the schedule of auxiliary and
associated equipment for correct calibration and
operation.
7.2.2 Check that the casing and shaft can
expand with increasing temperatures. However,
transverse movement of the casing should be
prevented. The casing foundation bolts should
have adequate clearance under their heads to allow
for expansion of the casing.
7.2.3 Check bearings and bearing housings for
cleanliness. If applicable, check that bearing
lubricating rings have adequate movement.
7.2.4 Check for correct position of constant-
level oiler.
7.2.5 Check that the luboil system is in
accordance with the flow diagram.
7.2.6 Check that the entire luboil system has
been properly flushed and is clean.
7.2.7 Check that the control oil system is in
accordance with the flow diagram.
7.2.8 Check that the entire control oil system
has been properly flushed and is clean.
7.2.9 Check that the cooling water system is in
accordance with the flow diagram.
7.2.10 Check that the entire cooling water system
has been properly flushed and is clean.
49
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬ ‫ – ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎ‬7 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-7
‫ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎي ﻣﻌﻤﻮل در ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر‬2-8 ‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬-‫اﻟﻒ‬
. ‫را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﻌﺎﻟﻴﺘﻬﺎي ﻣﻌﻤﻮل در ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﮔﺎزي‬3-8 ‫ب – ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
. ‫را ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻲ دﻫﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ اﺣﺘﻤﺎل وﺟﻮد ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات در ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎت ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و‬1-1-7
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ از ﺳﺎزﻧﺪهاي ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه دﻳﮕﺮ‬
‫در ﻣﻮاردﻳﻜﻪ ذﻳﻼً و ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ اﺷﺎره ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ‬
IPS- ‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬.‫دﺳﺘﻮر اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻣﺮاﺟﻌﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ رﻋﺎﻳﺖ ﺷﻮد‬IPS-M-PM-260(1)‫ و‬M-PM-240(1)
‫ ﭘﻴﺶ راه اﻧﺪازي ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر‬2-7
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد و ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮاﺳﻴﻮن ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ و‬1-2-7
. ‫ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎت آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ آﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ و ﻣﺤﻮر ﺑﺎ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ دﻣﺎ ﻣﻲ‬2-2-7
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ از ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﻋﺮﺿﻲ‬.‫ﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻣﻨﺒﺴﻂ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
،‫ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﻤﺎﻧﻌﺖ ﺷﻮد و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻀﺎي ﻛﺎﻓﻲ در زﻳﺮ ﺳﺮ ﭘﻴﭻ‬
‫ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ اﻣﻜﺎن‬
.‫اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ در‬.‫ ﺗﻤﻴﺰي ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎ و ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬3-2-7
‫ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﺑﻮدن ﺣﺮﻛﺖ‬،‫ﺻﻮرت ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد رﻳﻨﮕﻬﺎي رواﻧﻜﺎري ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎ‬
.‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ روﻏﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻮرد‬4-2-7
.‫ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ روﻏﻦ رواﻧﻜﺎري ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ‬5-2-7
.‫ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ روﻏﻦ رواﻧﻜﺎري ﺑﻪ‬6-2-7
. ‫درﺳﺘﻲ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺷﺪه و ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ روﻏﻦ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ‬7-2-7
. ‫ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ روﻏﻦ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﻲ‬8-2-7
. ‫ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺷﺪه و ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ آب ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ‬9-2-7
. ‫ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ آب ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ‬10-2-7
. ‫درﺳﺘﻲ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺷﺪه و ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
7.2.11 Check the piping arrangement and shaft
seals.
7.2.12 Check vent and drain piping.
7.2.13 If a gland steam condenser is installed,
check for proper line-up of piping and control of
sealing steam.
7.2.14 Check that the line-up of vacuum
equipment is in accordance with the applicable
drawings.
7.2.15 Check whether safety devices are properly
installed and in accordance with data sheets and
flow diagram.
7.2.16 Check that the safety/relief valve is
installed and check the set pressure.
7.2.17 Check that bearing housings contain oil
up to the correct level.
7.2.18 Check that the luboil tanks contain oil up
to the correct level.
7.2.19 Depending on the type, check that the
governor contains oil up to the correct level.
7.2.20 Check that auxiliary luboil pump cuts in at
correct oil pressure.
7.2.21 Check that the line-up of the governing
system is in accordance with the applicable
drawings. If possible, operate the system and
check for proper functioning of relay valves,
control valves and main stop valve after correct
control oil pressure is obtained. If the main stop
valve is operated without oil pressure, check
proper functioning manually.
7.2.22 Check that the automatic cut-in turbines
are properly preheated and that the cut-in device is
properly set.
7.2.23 Check the proper functioning of all safety
devices. Safety devices which cannot be tested
when the machine is not running should be
checked during the initial run.
7.2.24 Check the lever-holding mechanism of the
overspeed trip device while the turbine is not
50
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ ﻧﺤﻮه ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻫﺎ و ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎي ﻣﺤﻮر ﻣﻮرد‬11-2-7
.‫ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻟﻮﻟﻪ ﻛﺸﻲ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ آب و ﺑﺨﺎر ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار‬12-2-7
.‫ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ از ﻛﻨﺪاﻧﺴﻮر‬13-2-7
‫ ﻧﺤﻮه ﻗﺮارﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻫﺎ و ﭼﮕﻮﻧﮕﻲ‬،‫ﺑﺨﺎر ﻣﺠﺰا اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺑﺨﺎر ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻧﺤﻮه ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺧﻼء‬14-2-7
.‫ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﺼﺐ‬15-2-7
.‫ﺷﺪه و ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ داده ﺑﺮﮔﻬﺎ و ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه‬/ ‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن‬16-2-7
.‫اﻧﺪ و در ﻓﺸﺎر ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‬17-2-7
.‫روﻏﻦ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﺰن روﻏﻦ رواﻧﻜﺎري ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ‬18-2-7
. ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﻲ روﻏﻦ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﮔﺎورﻧﺮ ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ‬،‫ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮع ﮔﺎورﻧﺮ‬19-2-7
.‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ روﻏﻦ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻠﻤﺒﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ روﻏﻦ رواﻧﻜﺎري در‬20-2-7
.‫ﻓﺸﺎر روﻏﻦ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﺨﺎر ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ‬21-2-7
‫ در ﺻﻮرت اﻣﻜﺎن و ﭘﺲ از رﺳﻴﺪن ﻓﺸﺎر‬.‫ﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ روﺷﻦ ﺷﻮد وﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد‬،‫روﻏﻦ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰان ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘﺮل و ﺷﻴﺮ اﺻﻠﻲ ﻗﻄﻊ‬،‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي اﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎن‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺷﻴﺮ اﺻﻠﻲ ﻗﻄﻊ‬.‫ﺑﺨﺎر ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﺪون ﻓﺸﺎر روﻏﻦ ﻛﺎر ﻛﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت دﺳﺘﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد‬
.‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ آن ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﺑﺨﺎر‬22-2-7
‫ﺑﻄﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﺮم ﺷﺪه و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر‬
.‫ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺻﺤﻴﺢ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ‬23-2-7
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺻﻮرت ﻛﺎر‬.‫ﻗﺮارﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ در ﺣﻴﻦ راه اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻦ‬،‫ﻧﻜﺮدن ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
.‫اوﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰم ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺖ اﻫﺮم در وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه در‬24-2-7
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻴﻜﻪ ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ در ﺣﺎل ﻛﺎر ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻮرد‬،‫ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ‬
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
running.
7.3 Start-Up of Steam Turbines
7.3.1 Before running the turbine, check the proper
functioning of all steam drains and condensate
traps. Consult Manufacturer's instruction manual
for start-up procedure of unit.
7.3.2 Run turbine uncoupled for a few hours
and make following checks:
a. Observe steam pressures and
temperatures, bearing temperatures and
that luboil flow to bearings is adequate.
b. Check the overspeed trip device by
increasing the turbine speed to the correct
trip speed, 3 times in succession.
c. Check and record vibration levels.
d. For automatic cut-in turbines, check the
cut-in device for correct operating
condition.
e. For condensing turbines, check the proper
functioning of vacuum equipment and
whether the required vacuum can be
obtained.
f. Check all condensate drains and steam
traps for proper operation.
g. Check whether the governor operates over
required speed range.
h. Check whether noise exceeds specified
limits.
7.3.3 If no abnormalities are observed during
turbine uncoupled run, the turbine can be coupled
to the driven machine and the complete unit
started up, taking into consideration the process
conditions and start-up procedure for the driven
machine.
7.3.4 Run the complete unit for a long period, if
possible under normal operating conditions, until
smooth operation is obtained and no abnormalities
are observed. During this test, all observations
carried out during previous turbine uncoupled run,
with the exception of the overspeed test, shall be
repeated.
51
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
.‫ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر اﻧﺪازي ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر‬3-7
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي‬، ‫ ﭘﻴﺶ از راه اﻧﺪازي ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ‬1-3-7
‫ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬.‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺨﺎر و ﻗﻄﺮه ﮔﻴﺮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﭘﻴﺶ از ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻮرد ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاي ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﻜﺎر‬2-3-7
:‫اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﻣﻮارد ذﻳﻞ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ دﻣﺎي ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬـﺎ و ﻛـﺎﻓﻲ ﺑـﻮدن‬, ‫ ﻓﺸﺎر و دﻣﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر‬-‫اﻟﻒ‬
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن روﻏﻦ رواﻧﻜﺎري ﺑﻪ ﻳﺎﺗﺎﻗﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻣـﻮرد ﺑـﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗـﺮار‬
. ‫ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ وﺳـﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺘﻮﻗــﻒ ﻛﻨﻨــﺪه در ﺳــﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎي ﺑــﺎﻻ را ﻣــﻮرد‬-‫ب‬
‫ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗـﻮرﺑﻴﻦ را ﺳـﻪ‬.‫ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار دﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎر ﻣﺘﻮاﻟﻲ ﺗﺎ رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑﻪ ﺳـﺮﻋﺖ دﻗﻴـﻖ ﺗﻮﻗـﻒ اﻓـﺰاﻳﺶ‬
.‫دﻫﻴﺪ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﺰان ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﺎت ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ و ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﻮد‬-‫ج‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر‬-‫د‬
‫ﻛﻪ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻗﻄﻊ ﺧﻮدﻛﺎر ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﻪ درﺳﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﻈـﻴﻢ‬
.‫ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻜـﺮد ﺻـﺤﻴﺢ‬،‫ در ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﻛﻨﺪاﻧﺲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺨﺎر‬-‫ه‬
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺧﻼ و ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻮدن ﻣﻴﺰان ﺧـﻼء ﺑﺪﺳـﺖ آﻣـﺪه‬
.‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ درﻳﭽﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺨﺎر ﺗﻘﻄﻴﺮ ﺷﺪه و ﺗﻠﻪ ﺑﺨﺎرﻫﺎ‬-‫و‬
.‫و ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺻﺤﻴﺢ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﮔـﺎورﻧﺮ در ﺳـﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎي ﺑـﺎﻻﺗﺮ از ﻣﺤـﺪوده‬-‫ز‬
.‫ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺻﺪا در ﺣﺪود ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬-‫ي‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﻮرد ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎدي در ﺣﻴﻦ ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪازي‬3-3-7
‫ ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ را ﻣﻲ‬،‫ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻧﺸﺪه ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻧﺸﻮد‬
‫ﺗﻮان ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪه ﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻧﻤﻮد و ﻛﻞ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ را ﺑﺎ ﻟﺤﺎظ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻮدن ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي و دﺳﺘﻮر اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺷﺮوع ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ‬
.‫ﮔﺮدﻧﺪه ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺖ‬
‫ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺪت زﻣﺎن ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ و در‬4-3-7
‫ﺻﻮرت اﻣﻜﺎن ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﻋﺎدي ﺗﺎ ﺣﺼﻮل ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد‬
‫در‬.‫ﭘﺎﻳﺪار و ﺑﺪون ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻣﻮارد ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎدي ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر اﻧﺪازي ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ‬,‫ﺧﻼل اﻳﻦ آزﻣﻮن‬
،‫ اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﺮدﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎي آزﻣﻮن در ﺳﺮﻋﺘﻬﺎي ﺑﺎﻻ‬،‫ﻛﻮﭘﻞ ﻧﺸﺪه‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻜﺮار ﺷﻮد‬
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
7.3.5 The following additional check should be
carried out during complete unit run:
a. Check when loading the turbine that the
control valves respond and open
gradually. If the turbine is equipped with
back pressure control valves, check that
they respond and function properly.
b. Make a hot check of the coupling
alignment as soon as the set has come to a
standstill following a running period of
some hours at design temperature.
7.4 COMMISSIONING OF GAS TURBINES
7.4.1 Check the equipment supplied against the
schedule of auxiliary and associated equipment for
correct calibration and settings.
7.4.2 Check that the casing, shaft and exhaust
duct can expand with increasing temperatures.
However, transverse movement of the casing
should be prevented. The casing foundation bolts
should have adequate clearance under their heads
to allow for expansion of the casing.
7.4.3 Check that the cooling system is in
accordance with the flow diagram.
7.4.4 Check that the entire cooling system has
been properly cleaned.
7.4.5 Check that the entire luboil oil system has
been properly flushed and is clean.
7.4.6 Check that the entire hydraulic oil system
has been properly flushed and is clean.
7.4.7 Check that the fuel supply system is in
accordance with the flow diagram.
7.4.8 Check that the entire fuel supply system
has been properly flushed and is clean.
7.4.9 Check the correct functioning and setting
of gas fuel supply system pressure regulators and
isolating/venting valves.
7.4.10 Operate the fuel control system statically
and check for correct equipment response.
7.4.11 After commissioning the compressor
washing system, ensure that it operates correctly
according to the Manufacturer's manual.
52
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم آزﻣﻮن ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬5-3-7
.‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ و ﮔﺮدﻧﺪه اﻧﺠﺎم ﮔﻴﺮد‬
،‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ در زﻣﺎن ﺗﺤﺖ ﺑﺎر ﻗﺮار دادن ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ‬-‫اﻟﻒ‬
‫ در‬.‫ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘـﺮل ﻋﻤـﻞ ﻧﻤـﻮده و ﺗـﺪرﻳﺠﺎً ﺑـﺎز ﻣﻴﺸـﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺻﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ داراي ﺷـﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘـﺮل ﺑﺨـﺎر ورودي ﻳـﺎ‬
.‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻋﻜﺲ اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﺾ رﺳﻴﺪن ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﺲ‬-‫ب‬
‫ ﻫﻢ ﻣﺤﻮر ﺳﺎزي ﮔﺮم‬،‫از ﭼﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻛﺎر در دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
.‫در ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮕﻬﺎ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﺶ راه اﻧﺪازي ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﮔﺎزي‬4-7
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد وﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮاﺳﻴﻮن ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎت ﺟـﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻣـﻮرد‬1-4-7
.‫ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮارﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ آﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﺤﻮر و ﻣﺠﺮاي ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬2-4-7
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ از‬.‫ﺑﺎ اﻓﺰاﻳﺶ دﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ اﻧﺒﺴﺎط دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﻌﺎﻧﻌﺖ ﺷﻮد و ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻓﻀﺎي ﻛﺎﻓﻲ در‬
‫ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎي ﻓﻮﻧﺪاﺳﻴﻮن ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ وﺟﻮد داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ‬،‫زﻳﺮ ﺳﺮ ﭘﻴﭻ‬
.‫اﻣﻜﺎن اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻣﻴﺴﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻤﻮدار‬3-4-7
. ‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ‬4-4-7
.‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷـﻮد ﻛـﻪ ﻛـﻞ ﺳـﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ روﻏـﻦ رواﻧﻜـﺎري ﺑـﻪ‬5-4-7
. ‫درﺳﺘﻲ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺷﺪه و ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛـﻪ ﻛـﻞ ﺳـﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ روﻏـﻦ ﻫﻴـﺪروﻟﻴﻚ ﺑـﻪ‬6-4-7
. ‫درﺳﺘﻲ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺷﺪه و ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﻣﻄـﺎﺑﻖ‬7-4-7
. ‫ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳـﻮﺧﺖ ﺑـﻪ‬8-4-7
. ‫درﺳﺘﻲ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺷﺪه و ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺻـﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﻨﻈـﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪه ﻫـﺎي ﻓﺸـﺎر ﺳـﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ‬9-4-7
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻮرد‬/ ‫ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﮔﺎز و ﺷﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻗﻄﻊ و وﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
. ‫ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﺳﻮﺧﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻃـﻮر درﺟـﺎ ﺑﻜـﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺘـﻪ‬10-4-7
. ‫ﺷﻮد و ﻧﻴﺰ واﻛﻨﺶ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ از‬،‫ ﭘﺲ از راه اﻧـﺪازي ﺳـﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﺴﺘﺸـﻮي ﻛﻤﭙﺮﺳـﻮر‬11-4-7
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺻﺤﻴﺢ آن ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس دﺳـﺘﻮر اﻟﻌﻤـﻞ ﺳـﺎزﻧﺪه اﻃﻤﻴﻨـﺎن‬
. ‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﺷﻮد‬
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬
7.4.12 Check all air intake bypass doors and
mechanized shutters for cleanliness and correct
operation.
7.4.13 Check whether safety devices are properly
installed and in accordance with the data sheets
and the flow diagram.
7.4.14 Check that the luboil tanks contain oil up
to the correct level.
7.4.15 Check that the auxiliary luboil pump cuts
in at the correct oil pressure.
7.4.16 Check that the line-up of the governing
system is in accordance with the drawings. If
possible, operate the system and check the proper
functioning of relay valves, control valves and the
main stop valve after correct hydraulic oil pressure
is obtained. If the main stop valve is operated
without oil pressure, check proper functioning
manually.
7.4.17 Check the proper functioning of all safety
devices. Safety devices which cannot be tested
when machine is not running should be checked
during the initial run.
7.4.18 Check fire protection and gas detection
systems for correct operation according to the
Manufacturer's manual.
7.5 START-UP OF GAS TURBINES
7.5.1 All runs shall take place under the
supervision and responsibility of the Supplier's
engineer and in accordance with the
Manufacturer's instructions.
7.5.2 Perform a non-fired run and follow
manufacturer's instructions.
7.5.3 Perform a motoring run by repeating
item7.5.2 but with gas start selected.
7.5.4 Perform the final run under the
supervision and responsibility of the Supplier's
engineer and in accordance with the
Manufacturer's instructions.
7.5.5 Check whether noise exceeds specified
limits.
53
IPS-C-PM-216 (2)
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ درﻳﭽﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ورودي ﻫﻮا و ﻣﺴﺪود ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬12-4-7
. ‫ﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺰه از ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﻤﻴﺰي و ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﺼـﺐ‬13-4-7
. ‫ﺷﺪه و ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ داده ﺑﺮﮔﻬﺎ و ﻧﻤﻮدار ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻣﺨﺎزن روﻏﻦ رواﻧﻜﺎري ﺗﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ‬14-4-7
.‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ روﻏﻦ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳــﻲ اﻳﻨﻜــﻪ ﺗﻠﻤﺒــﻪ روﻏــﻦ رواﻧﻜــﺎري در ﻓﺸــﺎر‬15-4-7
.‫ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻧﺤـﻮه ﻗـﺮار ﮔـﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺳـﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﺮﻣـﺎن‬16-4-7
‫ ﺳـﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑـﻪ ﻛـﺎر‬،‫ در ﺻﻮرت اﻣﻜﺎن‬.‫ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺷـﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﺮﻗـﻲ و ﺷـﻴﺮﻫﺎي ﻛﻨﺘـﺮل و‬
‫ﺷﻴﺮ اﺻﻠﻲ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﭘﺲ از رﺳﻴﺪن ﺑـﻪ ﻓﺸـﺎر روﻏـﻦ ﻫﻴـﺪورﻟﻴﻚ‬
‫ در ﺻـﻮرﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺷـﻴﺮ اﺻـﻠﻲ‬.‫ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬، ‫ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺻـﺤﻴﺢ آن ﺑـﻪ‬،‫ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺑﺪون ﻓﺸﺎر روﻏﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺻﻮرت دﺳﺘﻲ ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨـﻲ ﻣـﻮرد ﺑـﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ‬17-4-7
‫ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺧـﺎﻣﻮش‬.‫ﻗﺮارﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ آزﻣﻮن ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ در ﺣـﻴﻦ ﺑﻜـﺎر اﻧـﺪاﺧﺘﻦ اوﻟﻴـﻪ‬
. ‫ﺑﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ از آﺗﺶ ﺳﻮزي‬18-4-7
‫و ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﮔﺎز ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس دﺳـﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺳـﺎزﻧﺪه ﻣـﻮرد ﺑـﺎزﺑﻴﻨﻲ‬
. ‫ﻗﺮارﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر اﻧﺪازي ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻨﻬﺎي ﮔﺎزي‬5-7
‫ ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻜﺎر اﻧﺪازي ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳـﺪ ﺗﺤـﺖ ﻧﻈـﺎرت و ﻣﺴـﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ‬1-5-7
‫ﻛﺎرﺷـﻨﺎس ﺷـﺮﻛﺖ ﺗـﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨـﺪه ﻛـﺎﻻ و ﻣﻨﻄﺒـﻖ ﺑـﺎ دﺳـﺘﻮر‬
. ‫اﻟﻌﻤﻠﻬﺎي ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﺳـﺮد ﺑﻜـﺎر اﻧﺪاﺧﺘـﻪ ﺷـﺪه و دﺳـﺘﻮر‬2-5-7
.‫اﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه اﺟﺮا ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﺗـﻮرﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺼـﻮرت ﮔـﺮم ﺑﻜـﺎر‬2-5-7 ‫ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻜﺮار ﺑﻨـﺪ‬3-5-7
. ‫اﻧﺪاﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺗﻮرﺑﻴﻦ در وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ و ﺗﺤﺖ ﻧﻈﺎرت و ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ‬4-5-7
‫ﻛﺎرﺷـــﻨﺎس ﺷـــﺮﻛﺖ ﺗـــﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨـــﺪه ﻛـــﺎﻻ و ﻣﻨﻄﺒـــﻖ ﺑـــﺎ‬
. ‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻬﺎي ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه راه اﻧﺪازي ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺰان ﺻﺪا از ﻣﺤﺪوده ﻣﺠـﺎز ﺑﻴﺸـﺘﺮ‬5-5-7
.‫ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
 Jul. 2009/ 1388 ‫ﺗﻴﺮ‬ IPS-C-PM-216 (2)

7.5.6 Take a vibration frequency analysis for ‫ آﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ارﺗﻌﺎﺷﺎت ﺑـﺮاي ارﺟﺎﻋـﺎت آﺗـﻲ ﺗﻬﻴـﻪ‬6-5-7
future reference. .‫ﺷﻮد‬
7.5.7 Take an oil sample. .‫ از روﻏﻦ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬7-5-7

7.5.8 Compile a checklist of safety devices to ‫ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺘﻲ از وﺳﺎﻳﻞ اﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮه ﺷﺪن‬8-5-7
be calibrated. This checklist shall include all test ‫ اﻳﻦ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺎوي ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت آزﻣﻮن‬.‫ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد‬،‫دارﻧﺪ‬
information.
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬

54